3GPP TS 25.214 V9.8.

0 (2012-03)
Technical Specification
3rd Generation Partnership Project;
Technical Specification Group Radio Access Network;
Physical layer procedures (F!
(Release "!
The present document has been developed within the 3
rd
Generation Partnership Project (3GPP
TM
) and may be further elaborated for the purposes of 3GPP.
The present document has not been subject to any approval process by the 3GPP

Oranisational Partners and shall not be implemented.
This !pecification is provided for future development wor" within 3GPP

only. The Oranisational Partners accept no liability for any use of this
!pecification.
!pecifications and reports for implementation of the 3GPP
TM
system should be obtained via the 3GPP Oranisational Partners# Publications Offices.
3GPP
$eywords
UMTS, radio, layer 1
3GPP
Postal address
3GPP support office address
650 Ro!e de" #$iole" - So%&ia '(!i%oli"
Val)o((e - *R'+,-
Tel.. /33 4 92 94 42 00 *a0. /33 4 93 65 41 16
%nternet
&!!%.22333.34%%.or4
Copyright Notification
&o part may be reproduced e'cept as authori(ed by written permission.
The copyriht and the foreoin restriction e'tend to reproduction in all media.
) *+,*- 3GPP Orani(ational Partners (./%0- .T%!- 11!.- 2T!%- TT.- TT1).
.ll rihts reserved.
3MT!4 is a Trade Mar" of 2T!% reistered for the benefit of its members
3GPP4 is a Trade Mar" of 2T!% reistered for the benefit of its Members and of the 3GPP Orani(ational Partners
5T24 is a Trade Mar" of 2T!% currently bein reistered for the benefit of its Members and of the 3GPP
Orani(ational Partners
G!M6 and the G!M loo are reistered and owned by the G!M .ssociation
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! # Release "
,o(!e(!"
7oreword..........................................................................................................................................................
, !cope......................................................................................................................................................
* /eferences..............................................................................................................................................
3 8efinitions and .bbreviations................................................................................................................
3., 8efinitions...........................................................................................................................................................
3.* .bbreviations.......................................................................................................................................................
9 !ynchronisation procedures....................................................................................................................
9., 1ell search...........................................................................................................................................................
9.* 1ommon physical channel synchronisation........................................................................................................
9.*., P:11P1; radio frame timin........................................................................................................................
9.*.* !:11P1; soft combinin timin..................................................................................................................
9.*.3 /adio frame timin on the M0!7& layer......................................................................................................
9.*.9 !econdary servin ;!:8!1; cell timin......................................................................................................
9.3 8P11;<8P81;<7:8P1; synchronisation........................................................................................................
9.3., !ynchronisation primitives............................................................................................................................
9.3.,., General.....................................................................................................................................................
9.3.,.* 8ownlin" synchronisation primitives....................................................................................................
9.3.,.3 3plin" synchronisation primitives.........................................................................................................
9.3.* /adio lin" establishment and physical layer reconfiuration for dedicated channels.................................
9.3.*., General...................................................................................................................................................
9.3.*.* &ode 0 radio lin" set state machine.......................................................................................................
9.3.*.3 !ynchronisation procedure ..................................................................................................................
9.3.*.3. !ynchronisation procedure ................................................................................................................
9.3.*.9 !ynchronisation procedure 0.................................................................................................................
9.3.3 /adio lin" monitorin..................................................................................................................................
9.3.3., 8ownlin" radio lin" failure....................................................................................................................
9.3.3.* 3plin" radio lin" failure<restore in 1255=81; state...........................................................................
9.3.3.*. 3plin" radio lin" failure<restore in 1255=7.1; state and %852 mode..............................................
9.3.9 Transmission timin adjustments.................................................................................................................
> Power control.......................................................................................................................................
>., 3plin" power control.........................................................................................................................................
>.,., P/.1;........................................................................................................................................................
>.,.,., General...................................................................................................................................................
>.,.,.* !ettin of P/.1; control and data part power difference....................................................................
>.,.* 8P11;<8P81;..........................................................................................................................................
>.,.*., General...................................................................................................................................................
>.,.*.* Ordinary transmit power control............................................................................................................
>.,.*.*., General..............................................................................................................................................
>.,.*.*.* .lorithm , for processin TP1 commands....................................................................................
>.,.*.*.3 .lorithm * for processin TP1 commands....................................................................................
>.,.*.3 Transmit power control in compressed mode........................................................................................
>.,.*.9 Transmit power control in the uplin" 8P11; power control preamble................................................
>.,.*.> !ettin of the uplin" 8P11;<8P81; relative powers.........................................................................
>.,.*.>., General..............................................................................................................................................
>.,.*.>.* !inalled ain factors.......................................................................................................................
>.,.*.>.3 1omputed ain factors......................................................................................................................
>.,.*.>.9 !ettin of the uplin" 8P11;<8P81; relative powers in compressed mode.................................
>.,.*.>. !ettin of the uplin" ;!:8P11; power relative to 8P11; power.....................................................
>.,.*.>0 !ettin of the uplin" 2:8P11; and 2:8P81; powers relative to 8P11; power.............................
>.,.*.>0., 2:8P11;<8P11;...........................................................................................................................
>.,.*.>0.* 2:8P81;<8P11;..........................................................................................................................
>.,.*.>1 !ettin of the uplin" 8P11; ain factor when no 8P81; is confiured...........................................
>.,.*.? Ma'imum and minimum power limits...................................................................................................
>.,.3 @oid..............................................................................................................................................................
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! 3 Release "
>.* 8ownlin" power control....................................................................................................................................
>.*., 8P11;<8P81;<7:8P1;..........................................................................................................................
>.*.,., General...................................................................................................................................................
>.*.,.* Ordinary transmit power control............................................................................................................
>.*.,.*., 32 behaviour....................................................................................................................................
>.*.,.*.* 3T/.& behaviour...........................................................................................................................
>.*.,.3 Power control in compressed mode.......................................................................................................
>.*.,.9 @oid........................................................................................................................................................
>.*.* @oid..............................................................................................................................................................
>.*.3 @oid..............................................................................................................................................................
>.*.9 .%1;............................................................................................................................................................
>.*.> P%1;............................................................................................................................................................
>.*.? !:11P1;.....................................................................................................................................................
>.*.A @oid..............................................................................................................................................................
>.*.B @oid..............................................................................................................................................................
>.*.C @oid..............................................................................................................................................................
>.*.,+ ;!:!11;.....................................................................................................................................................
>.*.,, ;!:P8!1;..................................................................................................................................................
>.*.,* 2:.G1;......................................................................................................................................................
>.*.,3 2:;%1;........................................................................................................................................................
>.*.,9 2:/G1;.......................................................................................................................................................
>.*.,> M%1;...........................................................................................................................................................
>.*.,? !:1P%1;......................................................................................................................................................
? /andom access procedure.....................................................................................................................
?., Physical random access procedure....................................................................................................................
?.,., /.1; sub:channels.....................................................................................................................................
?.,.* /.1; access slot sets.................................................................................................................................
?.,. Physical random access procedure for 2nhanced 3plin" in 1255=7.1; state and %852 mode...................
?.* @oid....................................................................................................................................................................
?. ;!:8!1;:related procedures...............................................................................................................
?.., General procedure..............................................................................................................................................
?..,., 32 procedure for receivin ;!:8!1; and ;!:!11; in the 1255=81; state.......................................
?..,.,. 32 procedure for receivin ;!:8!1; and ;!:!11; in 1255=7.1; state...........................................
?..,.,0 32 procedure for receivin ;!:8!1; and ;!:!11; in the 3/.=P1; and 1255=P1; states............
?..,.* 32 procedure for reportin channel Duality indication (1E%) and precodin control indication (P1%)
......................................................................................................................................................................
?..,.*., 1E% reportin procedure in case the 32 is not confiured in M%MO mode..........................................
?..,.*.* 1omposite P1%<1E% reportin procedure in case the 32 is confiured in M%MO mode......................
?..,.3 &ode 0 procedure for transmittin the ;!:8!1; and ;!:!11;..............................................................
?..,.3., &ode 0 procedure for transmittin the ;!:8!1; and ;!:!11; in the 1255=81; state................
?..,.3.* &ode 0 procedure for transmittin the ;!:8!1; and ;!:!11; in the 1255=7.1; state..............
?..,.3.3 &ode 0 procedure for transmittin the ;!:8!1; and ;!:!11; in the 3/.=P1; or
1255=P1; state....................................................................................................................................
?..* 1hannel Duality indicator (1E%) definition........................................................................................................
?..*., 1E% definition when the 32 is not confiured in M%MO mode..................................................................
?..*.* 1E% definition when the 32 is confiured in M%MO mode........................................................................
?..*.3 1E% tables....................................................................................................................................................
?..3 Operation durin compressed mode on the associated 8P1; or 7:8P1;......................................................
?..9 Precodin control indication (P1%) definition...................................................................................................
?0 2:81; related procedures....................................................................................................................
?0., .1$<&.1$ detection.......................................................................................................................................
?0.* /elative rants detection....................................................................................................................................
?0.3 2:81; control timin.......................................................................................................................................
?0.3., ,+ ms 2:81; TT%........................................................................................................................................
?0.3.* * ms 2:81; TT%..........................................................................................................................................
?0.9 Operation durin compressed mode..................................................................................................................
?0.9., 3plin" compressed mode.............................................................................................................................
?0.9.* 8ownlin" compressed mode........................................................................................................................
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! ' Release "
?1 8iscontinuous transmission and reception procedures..........................................................................
?1., 3plin" 1E% transmission...................................................................................................................................
?1.* 8iscontinuous uplin" 8P11; transmission operation.....................................................................................
?1.*., 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern.......................................................................................................................
?1.*.* 3plin" 8P11; preamble and postamble....................................................................................................
?1.*.*., 3plin" 8P11; preamble and postamble for the 8P11; only transmission.......................................
?1.*.*.* 3plin" 8P11; preamble and postamble for the 2:81; transmission................................................
?1.*.*.3 3plin" 8P11; preamble and postamble for the ;!:8P11; transmission.........................................
?1.3 8iscontinuous downlin" reception....................................................................................................................
?1.9 ;!:!11; orders...............................................................................................................................................
?1.> Operation durin compressed mode..................................................................................................................
A 1losed loop mode , transmit diversity.................................................................................................
A., General procedure..............................................................................................................................................
A.* 8etermination of feedbac" information.............................................................................................................
A.*., 2nd of frame adjustment..............................................................................................................................
A.*.* &ormal initialisation....................................................................................................................................
A.*.3 Operation durin compressed mode............................................................................................................
A.*.3., 8ownlin" in compressed mode and uplin" in normal mode..................................................................
A.*.3.* 0oth downlin" and uplin" in compressed mode....................................................................................
A.*.3.3 3plin" in compressed mode and downlin" in normal mode..................................................................
A.*.9 %nitialisation durin compressed mode........................................................................................................
A.*.9., 8ownlin" in compressed mode..............................................................................................................
A.*.9.* 3plin" in compressed mode...................................................................................................................
A.3 @oid....................................................................................................................................................................
B %dle periods for %P85 location method.................................................................................................
B., General...............................................................................................................................................................
B.* Parameters of %P85...........................................................................................................................................
B.3 1alculation of idle period position....................................................................................................................
C M%MO operation of ;!:8!1;.............................................................................................................
C., General procedure..............................................................................................................................................
Annex A (informative): (no title).........................................................................................................
.., .ntenna verification..........................................................................................................................................
..* 1omputation of feedbac" information for closed loop mode , transmit diversity............................................
Annex B (Informative): Power control................................................................................................
0., 8ownlin" power control timin............................................................................................................
0.* 2'ample of implementation in the 32..................................................................................................
0.3 35 power control when losin 35 synchronisation..............................................................................
Annex C (Informative): Cell search procedure...................................................................................
Annex D (informative): Change histor..............................................................................................
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! $ Release "
*ore3ord
This Technical !pecification (T!) has been produced by the 3
rd
Generation Partnership Project (3GPP).
The contents of the present document are subject to continuin wor" within the T!G and may chane followin formal
T!G approval. !hould the T!G modify the contents of this present document- it will be re:released by the T!G with an
identifyin chane of release date and an increase in version number as followsF
@ersion '.y.(
whereF
' the first diitF
, presented to T!G for informationG
* presented to T!G for approvalG
3 or reater indicates T!G approved document under chane control.
y the second diit is incremented for all chanes of substance- i.e. technical enhancements- corrections-
updates- etc.
( the third diit is incremented when editorial only chanes have been incorporated in the document.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! , Release "
1 S$o%e
The present document specifies and establishes the characteristics of the physicals layer procedures in the 788 mode of
3T/..
2 Re5ere($e"
The followin documents contain provisions which- throuh reference in this te't- constitute provisions of the present
document.
/eferences are either specific (identified by date of publication- edition number- version number- etc.) or
non:specific.
7or a specific reference- subseDuent revisions do not apply.
7or a non:specific reference- the latest version applies. %n the case of a reference to a 3GPP document (includin
a G!M document)- a non:specific reference implicitly refers to the latest version of that document in the same
Release as the present document.
H,I 3GPP T! *>.*,,F JPhysical channels and mappin of transport channels onto physical channels
(788)J.
H*I 3GPP T! *>.*,*F JMultiple'in and channel codin (788)J.
H3I 3GPP T! *>.*,3F J!preadin and modulation (788)J.
H9I 3GPP T! *>.*,>F JPhysical layer K Measurements (788)J.
H>I 3GPP T! *>.33,F J//1 Protocol !pecificationJ.
H?I 3GPP T! *>.933F J3T/.& %ub %nterface &0.P !inallinJ.
HAI 3GPP T! *>.,+,F J32 /adio transmission and /eception (788)J.
HBI 3GPP T! *>.,33F J/eDuirements for !upport of /adio /esource Manaement (788)J.
HCI 3GPP T! *>.3*,F JM.1 protocol specificationJ.
H,+I 3GPP T! *>.3+?F J32 /adio .ccess 1apabilitiesJ.
3 6e5i(i!io(" a(d '))re7ia!io("
3.1 6e5i(i!io("
7or the purposes of the present document- the followin terms and definitions applyF
Activated uplin! fre"uenc: 7or a specific 32- an uplin" freDuency is said to be activated if the 32 is allowed to
transmit on that freDuency. The primary uplin" freDuency is always activated when confiured while a secondary uplin"
freDuency has to be activated by means of an ;!:!11; order in order to become activated. !imilarly- for a specific 32-
an uplin" freDuency is said to be deactivated if it is confiured but disallowed by the &ode0 to transmit on that
freDuency.
Configured uplin! fre"uencF 7or a specific 32- an uplin" freDuency is said to be confiured if the 32 has received
all relevant information from hiher layers in order to perform transmission on that freDuency.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! - Release "
#$ com%ining periodF .n interval of contiuous TT%s when !:11P1;s- each on different /5s- may be soft combined.
Primar uplin! fre"uenc: %f a sinle uplin" freDuency is confiured for the 32- then it is the primary uplin"
freDuency. %n case more than one uplin" freDuency is confiured for the 32- then the primary uplin" freDuency is the
freDuency on which the 2:81; correspondin to the servin 2:81; cell associated with the servin ;!:8!1; cell is
transmitted. The association between a pair of uplin" and downlin" freDuencies is indicated by hiher layers.
&econdar uplin! fre"uenc: . secondary uplin" freDuency is a freDuency on which an 2:81; correspondin to a
servin 2:81; cell associated with a secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell is transmitted. The association between a pair
of uplin" and downlin" freDuencies is indicated by hiher layers.
3.2 '))re7ia!io("
7or the purposes of the present document- the followin abbreviations applyF
.1$ .c"nowledement
.%1; .cDuisition %ndicator 1hannel
.!1 .ccess !ervice 1lass
01; 0roadcast 1hannel
11P1; 1ommon 1ontrol Physical 1hannel
11Tr1; 1oded 1omposite Transport 1hannel
1P%1; 1ommon Pilot 1hannel
1E% 1hannel Euality %ndicator
1/1 1yclic /edundancy 1hec"
81; 8edicated 1hannel
85 8ownlin"
8P11; 8edicated Physical 1ontrol 1hannel
8P1; 8edicated Physical 1hannel
8P81; 8edicated Physical 8ata 1hannel
8TL 8iscontinuous Transmission
2:81; 2nhanced 8edicated 1hannel
2:8P11; 2:81; 8edicated Physical 1ontrol 1hannel
2:8P81; 2:81; 8edicated Physical 8ata 1hannel
2:.G1; 2:81; .bsolute Grant 1hannel
2:;%1; 2:81; ;./E .c"nowledement %ndicator 1hannel
2:/G1; 2:81; /elative Grant 1hannel
7:8P1; 7ractional 8edicated Physical 1hannel
;!8P. ;ih !peed 8ownlin" Pac"et .ccess
;!:8!1; ;ih !peed 8ownlin" !hared 1hannel
;!:P8!1; ;ih !peed Physical 8ownlin" !hared 1hannel
;!:!11; ;ih !peed Physical 8ownlin" !hared 1ontrol 1hannel
M0!7& M0M! over a !inle 7reDuency &etwor"
M%1; M0M! %ndicator 1hannel
M%MO Multiple %nput Multiple Output
&.1$ &eative .c"nowledement
P:11P1; Primary 1ommon 1ontrol Physical 1hannel
P1. Power 1ontrol .lorithm
P%1; Pain %ndicator 1hannel
P/.1; Physical /andom .ccess 1hannel
/.1; /andom .ccess 1hannel
/5 /adio 5in"
/P5 /ecovery Period 5enth
/!1P /eceived !inal 1ode Power
!:11P1; !econdary 1ommon 1ontrol Physical 1hannel
!1; !ynchronisation 1hannel
!7& !ystem 7rame &umber
!%/ !inal:to:%nterference /atio
!&%/ !inal to &oise %nterference /atio
T71 Transport 7ormat 1ombination
T7/% Transport 7ormat and /esource %ndicator
TP1 Transmit Power 1ontrol
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! ) Release "
Tr1; Transport 1hannel
TT% Transmission Time %nterval
32 3ser 2Duipment
35 3plin"
3T/.& 3MT! Terrestrial /adio .ccess &etwor"
4 Sy($&ro(i"a!io( %ro$edre"
4.1 ,ell "ear$&
8urin the cell search- the 32 searches for a cell and determines the downlin" scramblin code and common channel
frame synchronisation of that cell. ;ow cell search is typically done is described in .nne' 1.
4.2 ,o88o( %&y"i$al $&a((el "y($&ro(i"a!io(
The radio frame timin of all common physical channels can be determined after cell search.
4.2.1 P-,,P,9 radio 5ra8e !i8i(4
The P:11P1; radio frame timin is found durin cell search and the radio frame timin of all common physical
channel are related to that timin as described in H,I.
4.2.2 S-,,P,9 "o5! $o8)i(i(4 !i8i(4
;iher layers will provide timin information when !:11P1;s- each on different /5s-can be soft combined. The
timin information allows the 32 to determine the 5, combinin period that applies to each !:11P1;. The
information also identifies the !:11P1;s and the /5s that can be soft combined. The set of !:11P1;s that can be
combined does not chane durin an 5, combinin period. Mhen !:11P1;s can be soft combined- all !:11P1;s
shall contain identical bits in their data fields- althouh the T71% fields of the !:11P1;s may be different. (T71
detection when !:11P1;s may be soft combined is discussed in H*I.) The ma'imum delay between !:11P1;s that the
32 may combine is set by 32 performance reDuirements. The ma'imum number of !:11P1;s that 32 may
simultaneously combine is defined by the 32 capability in H,+I.
4.2.3 Radio 5ra8e !i8i(4 o( !&e M:S*+ layer
M0!7& cluster search and radio frame synchronisation on the M0!7& layer can be performed via !1; and follow the
same principles as described in .nne' 1. .fter the primary scramblin code has been identified- the P:11P1; can be
detected and M0!7& system information can be read.
4.2.4 Se$o(dary "er7i(4 9S-6S,9 $ell !i8i(4
Mhen the 32 is confiured with a secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell- it shall not assume the presence of any common
physical channel from that cell other than 1P%1;. The radio frame timin and timin reference for a secondary servin
;!:8!1; cell are defined in H,I.
4.3 6P,,926P6,92*-6P,9 "y($&ro(i"a!io(
4.3.1 Sy($&ro(i"a!io( %ri8i!i7e"
4.3.1.1 Ge(eral
7or the dedicated channels- synchronisation primitives are used to indicate the synchronisation status of radio lin"s-
both in uplin" and downlin". The definition of the primitives is iven in the followin subclauses.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! " Release "
4.3.1.2 6o3(li(; "y($&ro(i"a!io( %ri8i!i7e"
%f 35=8TL=.ctive is 7.5!2 (see section ?1)- layer , in the 32 shall every radio frame chec" synchronisation status
of either the 8P1; or the 7:8P1; dependin on which is confiured. %f 35=8TL=.ctive is T/32 (see section ?1)-
the layer , in the 32 shall chec" synchronisation status of the 7:8P1; for each radio frame in which the 7:8P1;
transmission is "nown to be present in at least one slot- and for the other radio frames- the layer , will not indicate any
synchronisation status to the hiher layers. !ynchronisation status is indicated to hiher layers usin the 1P;N:!ync:
%&8 and 1P;N:Out:of:!ync:%&8 primitives.
The criteria for reportin synchronisation status are defined in two different phases. 2ach phase is performed by the 32
for each individual downlin" freDuency associated with the activated uplin" freDuencies. The downlin" synchroni(ation
primitives are also reported to hiher layers for each individual downlin" freDuency associated with the activated uplin"
freDuencies.
The first phase starts when hiher layers initiate physical dedicated channel establishment (as described in H>I) or
whenever the 32 initiates synchronisation procedure . or synchronisation procedure .. (as described in section 9.3.*.,
and 9.3.*.3.) and lasts until ,?+ ms after the downlin" dedicated channel is considered established by hiher layers
(physical channel establishment is defined in H>I). 8urin this time out:of:sync shall not be reported and in:sync shall
be reported usin the 1P;N:!ync:%&8 primitive if the followin criterion is fulfilledF
- The 32 estimates the 8P11; Duality or the Duality of the TP1 fields of the 7:8P1; frame received from the
associated servin ;!:8!1; cell (or secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell) over the previous 9+ ms period to be
better than a threshold Ein. This criterion shall be assumed not to be fulfilled before 9+ ms of 8P11; Duality
measurements have been collected. Ein is defined implicitly by the relevant tests in HAI.
The second phase starts ,?+ ms after the downlin" dedicated channel is considered established by hiher layers. 8urin
this phase both out:of:sync and in:sync are reported as follows.
Out:of:sync shall be reported usin the 1P;N:Out:of:!ync:%&8 primitive if any of the followin criteria is fulfilledF
: 35=8TL=.ctive is 7.5!2 (see section ?1) and the 32 estimates the 8P11; Duality or the Duality of the TP1
fields of the 7:8P1; frame received from the associated servin ;!:8!1; cell (or secondary servin ;!:
8!1; cell) over the previous ,?+ ms period to be worse than a threshold Eout. Eout is defined implicitly by the
relevant tests in HAI.
- 35=8TL=.ctive is T/32 (see section ?1) and the 32 estimates the Duality of the TP1 fields of the 7:8P1;
from the associated servin ;!:8!1; cell (or secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell) over the previous *9+ slots in
which the TP1 symbols are "nown to be present to be worse than a threshold Eout. Eout is defined implicitly by
the relevant tests in HAI.
: The *+ most recently received transport bloc"s with a non:(ero lenth 1/1 attached- as observed on all Tr1;s
usin non:(ero lenth 1/1 mapped to the 8P81;- have been received with incorrect 1/1. %n addition- over
the previous ,?+ ms- all transport bloc"s with a non:(ero lenth 1/1 attached have been received with incorrect
1/1. %n case no T71% is used this criterion shall not be considered for the Tr1;(s) not usin uided detection if
they do not use a non:(ero lenth 1/1 in all transport formats. %f no transport bloc"s with a non:(ero lenth
1/1 attached are received over the previous ,?+ ms this criterion shall not be assumed to be fulfilled.
7or a 8P1;- in:sync shall be reported usin the 1P;N:!ync:%&8 primitive if both of the followin criteria are
fulfilledF
: The 32 estimates the 8P11; Duality over the previous ,?+ ms period to be better than a threshold Ein. Ein is
defined implicitly by the relevant tests in HAI.
: .t least one transport bloc" with a non:(ero lenth 1/1 attached- as observed on all Tr1;s usin non:(ero
lenth 1/1 mapped to the 8P81;- is received in a TT% endin in the current frame with correct 1/1. %f no
transport bloc"s are received- or no transport bloc" has a non:(ero lenth 1/1 attached in a TT% endin in the
current frame and in addition over the previous ,?+ ms at least one transport bloc" with a non:(ero lenth 1/1
attached has been received with a correct 1/1- this criterion shall be assumed to be fulfilled. %f no transport
bloc"s with a non:(ero lenth 1/1 attached are received over the previous ,?+ ms this criterion shall also be
assumed to be fulfilled. %n case no T71% is used this criterion shall not be considered for the Tr1;(s) not usin
uided detection if they do not use a non:(ero lenth 1/1 in all transport formats.
7or a 7:8P1;- in:sync shall be reported usin the 1P;N:!ync:%&8 primitive if any of the followin criteria is
fulfilledF
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! &* Release "
: 35=8TL=.ctive is 7.5!2 (see section ?1) and the 32 estimates the Duality of the TP1 fields of the 7:8P1;
frame received from the associated servin ;!:8!1; cell (or secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell) over the
previous ,?+ ms period to be better than a threshold Ein. Ein is defined implicitly by the relevant tests in HAI.
- 35=8TL=.ctive is T/32 (see section ?1) and the 32 estimates the Duality of the TP1 fields of the 7:8P1;
from the associated servin ;!:8!1; cell (or secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell) over the previous *9+ slots in
which the TP1 symbols are "nown to be present to be better than a threshold Ein. Ein is defined implicitly by the
relevant tests in HAI.
;ow the primitives are used by hiher layers is described in H>I. The above definitions may lead to radio frames where
neither the in:sync nor the out:of:sync primitives are reported.
4.3.1.3 U%li(; "y($&ro(i"a!io( %ri8i!i7e"
5ayer , in the &ode 0 shall every radio frame chec" synchronisation status of all radio lin" sets. !ynchronisation status
is indicated to the /5 7ailure</estored trierin function usin either the 1P;N:!ync:%&8 or 1P;N:Out:
of:!ync:%&8 primitive. ;ence- only one synchronisation status indication shall be iven per radio lin" set.
The e'act criteria for indicatin in:sync<out:of:sync is not subject to specification- but could e.. be based on received
8P11; Duality or 1/1 chec"s. One e'ample would be to have the same criteria as for the downlin" synchronisation
status primitives.
4.3.2 Radio li(; e"!a)li"&8e(! a(d %&y"i$al layer re$o(5i4ra!io( 5or
dedi$a!ed $&a((el"
4.3.2.1 Ge(eral
Three synchronisation procedures are defined in order to obtain physical layer synchronisation of dedicated channels
between 32 and 3T/.&F
: !ynchronisation procedure .F This procedure shall be used when at least one downlin" dedicated physical
channel (i.e. a 8P1; or 7:8P1;) and one uplin" dedicated physical channel are to be set up on a freDuency and
none of the radio lin"s after the establishment<reconfiuration e'isted on that freDuency prior to the
establishment<reconfiuration which also includes the followin cases F
: the 32 was previously on another /.T i.e. inter:/.T handover
: the 32 was previously on another freDuency i.e. inter:freDuency hard handover
: the 32 has all its previous radio lin"s removed and replaced by other radio lin"s i.e. intra:freDuency hard:
handover
: after it fails to complete an inter:/.T- intra: or inter:freDuency hard:handover HBI- the 32 attempts to re:
establish H>I all the dedicated physical channels which were already established immediately before the
hard:handover attempt. %n this case only steps c) and d) of synchronisation procedure . are applicable.
: the 32 receives an ;!:!11; order to activate the secondary uplin" freDuency as specified in H*I and the
32 is confiured with multiple freDuencies on the uplin".
7or transitions from the 1255=7.1; state of a cell to the 1255=81; state of the same cell- when
synchronisation has already been achieved by a synchronisation procedure .. and the 32 has not already
released its uplin" common 2:81; resource before the time of transition to 1255=81;- the synchronisation
procedure . shall not be e'ecuted. 2lse- the synchronisation procedure . shall be e'ecuted.
: !ynchronisation procedure ..F This procedure shall be used when one downlin" 7:8P1; and uplin" dedicated
physical channels are to be set up on a freDuency as a conseDuence of an 2nhanced 3plin" in 1255=7.1;
procedure.
: !ynchronisation procedure 0F This procedure shall be used when one or several radio lin"s are added to the
active set on a freDuency and at least one of the radio lin"s prior to the establishment<reconfiuration still e'ists
on that freDuency after the establishment<reconfiuration.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! && Release "
: %f hiher layers indicate that the 32 shall not perform any synchronisation procedure for timin maintained
intra: and inter:freDuency hard handover- the 32 shall not perform any of the synchronisation procedures . or 0.
%f hiher layers indicate to the &ode 0 timin maintained intra: or inter:freDuency hard handover where the 32
does not perform any of the synchronisation procedures .- .. or 0- the &ode 0 shall perform steps a) and b) of
synchronisation procedure 0.
7or all physical layer reconfiurations not listed above- the 32 and 3T/.& shall not perform any of the
synchronisation procedures listed above.
The three synchronisation procedures are described in subclauses 9.3.*.3- 9.3.*.3. and 9.3.*.9 respectively.
4.3.2.2 +ode : radio li(; "e! "!a!e 8a$&i(e
%n &ode 0- each radio lin" set can be in three different statesF initial state- out:of:sync state and in:sync state.
Transitions between the different states are shown in fiure , below. The state of the &ode 0 at the start of radio lin"
establishment is described in the followin subclauses. Transitions between initial state and in:sync state are described
in subclauses 9.3.*.3- 9.3.*.3. and 9.3.*.9 and transitions between the in:sync and out:of:sync states are described in
subclause 9.3.3.*.
<!-o5-"y($
"!a!e
=(-"y($
"!a!e
=(i!ial
"!a!e
R# Re"!ore
R# Re"!ore
R# *ailre
Fi.ure &/ Node 0 radio link set states and transitions
4.3.2.3 Sy($&ro(i"a!io( %ro$edre '
7or each confiured uplin" freDuency- the synchronisation establishment procedure- which beins at the time indicated
by hiher layers (either immediately at receipt of upper layer sinallin- or at an indicated activation time)- or by an ;!:
!11; order to activate the secondary uplin" freDuency (in the case multiple freDuencies are confiured on the uplin")
is as followsF
a) 2ach &ode 0 involved in the procedure sets all the radio lin" sets which are to be set:up for this 32 in the initial
state.
b) 3T/.& shall start the transmission of the downlin" 8P11; or 7:8P1; correspondin to the activated uplin"
freDuency and may start the transmission of 8P81; if any data is to be transmitted. The initial downlin"
8P11; or 7:8P1; transmit power is set by hiher layers H?I. 8ownlin" TP1 commands are enerated as
described in >.,.*.*.,.*.
c) The 32 establishes downlin" chip and frame synchronisation of 8P11; or 7:8P1; correspondin to the
activated uplin" freDuency- usin the P:11P1; timin and timin offset information notified from 3T/.&. 7or
8P1;- frame synchronisation can be confirmed usin the frame synchronisation word. 8ownlin"
synchronisation status is reported to hiher layers every radio frame accordin to subclause 9.3.,.*.
d) %f hiher layers indicate the usae of a post:verification period for the primary uplin" freDuency the 32 shall
start transmission on the primary uplin" freDuency immediately when the physical dedicated channel
establishment is initiated by the 32. Post:verification period is always used for the secondary uplin" freDuency.
%f hiher layers do not indicate the usae of a post:verification period for the primary uplin" freDuency- or if
hiher layers do indicate the usae of a post:verification period (as specified in >.,.*.*.,.,) and the post:
verification has failed- the 32 shall not transmit on the activated uplin" freDuency until hiher layers consider
the downlin" physical channel establishedG
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! &# Release "
: %f no activation time for uplin" 8P11; has been sinalled to the 32 or if the 32 attempts to re:establish
the 8P1; after an inter:/.T- intra: or inter:freDuency hard:handover failure H>I- uplin" 8P11;
transmission shall start on the activated uplin" freDuency when hiher layers consider the downlin" physical
channel establishedG
: %f an activation time has been iven- uplin" 8P11; transmission shall not start on the activated uplin"
freDuency before the downlin" physical channel has been established and the activation time has been
reached. Physical channel establishment and activation time are defined in H>I.
The initial uplin" 8P11; transmit power is set by hiher layers H>I. %n case the synchronisation procedure . is
e'ecuted because the 32 receives an ;!:!11; order to activate the secondary uplin" freDuency- then the initial
8P11; transmit power on the secondary uplin" freDuency is computed (in d0) as
3plin" 8P11; transmit power O P8P11;-, K 32=!ec=T'=Power=0ac"off
where P8P11;-, is the 8P11; transmit power on the primary uplin" freDuency at the start of the transmission on
the secondary uplin" freDuency and 32=!ec=T'=Power=0ac"off is set by hiher layers.
%n case the 32 attempts to re:establish the 8P1; after an inter:/.T- intra: or inter:freDuency hard:handover
failure H>I the initial uplin" 8P11; power shall be the same as the one used immediately precedin the inter:
/.T- intra: or inter:freDuency hard:handover attempt. %n case of physical layer reconfiuration the uplin"
8P11; power is "ept unchaned between before and after the reconfiuration e'cept for inner loop power
control adjustments.
. power control preamble shall be applied on the activated uplin" freDuency as indicated by hiher layers. The
transmission of the uplin" 8P11; power control preamble shall start &pcp radio frames prior to the radio frame
where the uplin" 8P81;<2:8P11;<2:8P81; transmission starts- where &pcp is a hiher layer parameter set
by 3T/.& H>IG in case the 32 attempts to re:establish the 8P1; after an inter:/.T- intra: or inter:freDuency
hard:handover failure H>I the 32 shall use the value of &pcp as specified in H>I for this case. &ote that the
transmission start delay between 8P11; and 8P81;<2:8P11;<2:8P81; may be cancelled usin a power
control preamble of + lenth. %f hiher layers indicate the usae of a post:verification period- and the start of the
uplin" 8P11; power control preamble with a lenth of &pcp radio frames would be in a radio frame later than
the first uplin" radio frame after physical dedicated channel establishment is initiated by the 32- then the
duration of the uplin" 8P11; power control preamble shall be eDual to or loner than &pcp radio frames such
that the uplin" 8P11; power control preamble is transmitted from the first uplin" radio frame after physical
dedicated channel establishment is initiated by the 32.
The startin time for transmission of 8P81;s<2:8P11;<2:8P81;s shall also satisfy the constraints on addin
transport channels to a 11Tr1;- as defined in H*I sub:clause 9.*.,9- independently of whether there are any bits
mapped to the 8P81;s<2:8P11;<2:8P81;s. 8urin the uplin" 8P11; power control preamble-
independently of the selected T71- no transmission is done on the 8P81;<2:8P11;<2:8P81;.
e) 3T/.& establishes uplin" chip and frame synchronisation on the activated uplin" freDuency. 7rame
synchronisation can be confirmed usin the frame synchronisation word. /adio lin" sets remain in the initial
state until &=%&!N&1=%&8 successive in:sync indications are received from layer ,- when &ode 0 shall trier
the /5 /estore procedure indicatin which radio lin" set has obtained synchronisation. Mhen /5 /estore has
been triered the radio lin" set shall be considered to be in the in:sync state. The parameter value of
&=%&!N&1=%&8 is confiurable- see H?I. The /5 /estore procedure may be triered several times- indicatin
when synchronisation is obtained for different radio lin" sets.
&oteF The total sinallin response delay for the establishment of a new 8P1; shall not e'ceed the
reDuirements iven in H>I sub:clause ,3.>.
4.3.2.3' Sy($&ro(i"a!io( %ro$edre ''
The synchronisation establishment procedure- which beins at the time defined in H,I for the 2nhanced 3plin" in
1255=7.1; state and %852 mode- is as followsF
a) The &ode 0 involved in the procedure sets the radio lin" which is to be set:up for this 32 in the initial state.
b) 3T/.& shall start the transmission of the downlin" 7:8P1; at the time defined for the 2nhanced 3plin" in
1255=7.1; state and %852 mode in H,I.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! &3 Release "
c) The 32 establishes downlin" chip and frame synchronisation of 7:8P1;- usin the P:11P1; timin and
timin offset information notified from 3T/.& and based on the timin definition for the 2nhanced 3plin" in
1255=7.1; state and %852 mode as defined in H,I. 8ownlin" synchronisation status is reported to hiher
layers every radio frame accordin to subclause 9.3.,.*.
d) The 32 shall start transmission on uplin" at the time defined for the 2nhanced 3plin" in 1255=7.1; state and
%852 mode in H,I and shall use a post:verification period for confirmin the establishment of the downlin"
physical channel as followsF 8urin the first 9+ ms period of the first phase of the downlin" synchronisation
procedure the 32 shall control its transmitter accordin to a downlin" 7:8P1; Duality criterion as followsF
: Mhen the 32 estimates the 7:8P1; Duality over the first 9+ ms period of the first phase of the downlin"
synchronisation status evaluation to be worse than a threshold Ein- the 32 shall shut its transmitter off and
consider post:verification failed. Ein is defined implicitly by the relevant tests in HAI.
%f the post:verification has failed- the 32 shall not transmit on uplin" and await hiher layer orders.
e) 3T/.& establishes uplin" chip and frame synchronisation. 7rame synchronisation can be confirmed usin the
frame synchronisation word.
4.3.2.4 Sy($&ro(i"a!io( %ro$edre :
7or each confiured uplin" freDuency- the synchronisation procedure 0- which beins at the time indicated by hiher
layers (either immediately at receipt of upper layer sinallin- or at an indicated activation time) is as followsF
a) The followin applies to each &ode 0 involved in the procedureF
: &ew radio lin" sets are set up to be in initial state.
: %f one or several radio lin"s are added to an e'istin radio lin" set- this radio lin" set shall be considered to be
in the state the radio lin" set was prior to the addition of the radio lin"- i.e. if the radio lin" set was in the in:
sync state before the addition of the radio lin" it shall remain in that state.
b) 3T/.& starts the transmission of the downlin" 8P11;<8P81; or 7:8P1; for each new radio lin"
correspondin to the activated uplin" freDuency at a frame timin such that the frame timin received at the 32
will be within T+ t ,9B chips prior to the frame timin of the uplin" 8P11;<8P81; at the 32. !imultaneously-
3T/.& establishes uplin" chip and frame synchronisation of each new radio lin". 7rame synchronisation can be
confirmed usin the frame synchronisation word. /adio lin" sets considered to be in the initial state shall remain
in the initial state until &=%&!N&1=%&8 successive in:sync indications are received from layer ,- when &ode 0
shall trier the /5 /estore procedure indicatin which radio lin" set has obtained synchronisation. Mhen /5
/estore is triered the radio lin" set shall be considered to be in the in:sync state. The parameter value of
&=%&!N&1=%&8 is confiurable- see H?I. The /5 /estore procedure may be triered several times- indicatin
when synchronisation is obtained for different radio lin" sets.
c) The 32 establishes chip and frame synchronisation of each new radio lin". 5ayer , in the 32 "eeps reportin
downlin" synchronisation status to hiher layers every radio frame accordin to the second phase of sub:clause
9.3.,.*. 7or 8P1;- frame synchronisation can be confirmed usin the frame synchronisation word.
4.3.3 Radio li(; 8o(i!ori(4
4.3.3.1 6o3(li(; radio li(; 5ailre
The downlin" radio lin"s shall be monitored by the 32- to trier radio lin" failure procedures. The downlin" radio lin"
failure criteria is specified in H>I- and is based on the synchronisation status primitives 1P;N:!ync:%&8 and 1P;N:
Out:of:!ync:%&8- indicatin in:sync and out:of:sync respectively.
4.3.3.2 U%li(; radio li(; 5ailre2re"!ore i( ,-##>6,9 "!a!e
The uplin" radio lin" sets are monitored by the &ode 0- to trier radio lin" failure<restore procedures. Once the radio
lin" sets have been established- they will be in the in:sync or out:of:sync states as shown in fiure , in
subclause 9.3.*.,. Transitions between those two states are described below.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! &' Release "
The uplin" radio lin" failure<restore criteria is based on the synchronisation status primitives 1P;N:!ync:%&8 and
1P;N:Out:of:!ync:%&8- indicatin in:sync and out:of:sync respectively. &ote that only one synchronisation status
indication shall be iven per radio lin" set.
Mhen the radio lin" set is in the in:sync state- &ode 0 shall start timer T=/57.%53/2 after receivin
&=O3T!N&1=%&8 consecutive out:of:sync indications. &ode 0 shall stop and reset timer T=/57.%53/2 upon
receivin successive &=%&!N&1=%&8 in:sync indications. %f T=/57.%53/2 e'pires- &ode 0 shall trier the /5
7ailure procedure and indicate which radio lin" set is out:of:sync. Mhen the /5 7ailure procedure is triered- the state
of the radio lin" set chane to the out:of:sync state.
Mhen the radio lin" set is in the out:of:sync state- after receivin &=%&!N&1=%&8 successive in:sync indications
&ode 0 shall trier the /5 /estore procedure and indicate which radio lin" set has re:established synchronisation.
Mhen the /5 /estore procedure is triered- the state of the radio lin" set chane to the in:sync state.
The specific parameter settins (values of T=/57.%53/2- &=O3T!N&1=%&8- and &=%&!N&1=%&8) are
confiurable- see H?I.
4.3.3.2' U%li(; radio li(; 5ailre2re"!ore i( ,-##>*',9 "!a!e a(d =6#- 8ode
The uplin" radio lin" failure<restore is under the control of the &ode 0.
4.3.4 Tra("8i""io( !i8i(4 ad?"!8e(!"
8urin a connection the 32 may adjust its 8P81;<8P11; transmission time instant.
Mhen the 32 autonomously adjusts its 8P81;<8P11; transmission time instant- it shall simultaneously adjust the
;!:8P11;- 2:8P11; and 2:8P81; transmission time instant by the same amount so that the relative timin
between 8P11;<8P81; and ;!:8P11; is "ept constant and that 8P11;<8P81; and 2:8P11;<2:8P81;
remain time alined.
%f the receive timin for any downlin" 8P11;<8P81; or 7:8P1; in the current active set has drifted- so the time
between reception of the downlin" 8P11;<8P81; in Duestion and transmission of uplin" 8P11;<8P81; lies
outside the valid rane- 5, shall inform hiher layers of this- so that the networ" can be informed of this and downlin"
timin can be adjusted by the networ".
The ma'imum rate of uplin" TL time adjustment- and the valid rane for the time between downlin" 8P11;<8P81;
or 7:8P1; reception and uplin" 8P11;<8P81; transmission in the 32 are defined by the reDuirements specified in
HBI.
5 Po3er $o(!rol
5.1 U%li(; %o3er $o(!rol
5.1.1 PR',9
5.1.1.1 Ge(eral
The power control durin the physical random access procedure is described in clause ?. The settin of power of the
messae control and data parts is described in the ne't subclause.
5.1.1.2 Se!!i(4 o5 PR',9 $o(!rol a(d da!a %ar! %o3er di55ere($e
The messae part of the uplin" P/.1; channel shall employ ain factors to control the control<data part relative power
similar to the uplin" dedicated physical channels. ;ence- subclause >.,.*.> applies also for the /.1; messae part-
with the differences thatF
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! &$ Release "
: c is the ain factor for the control part (similar to 8P11;)G
: d is the ain factor for the data part (similar to 8P81;)G
: no inner loop power control is performed.
5.1.2 6P,,926P6,9
5.1.2.1 Ge(eral
The initial uplin" 8P11; transmit power is set by hiher layers. !ubseDuently the uplin" transmit power control
procedure simultaneously and independently controls the power of a 8P11; on each activated uplin" freDuency and its
correspondin 8P81;s (if present). The relative transmit power offset between 8P11; and 8P81;s is determined
by the networ" and is computed accordin to subclause >.,.*.> usin the ain factors sinalled to the 32 usin hiher
layer sinallin.
The operation of the inner power control loop- described in sub clause >.,.*.*- adjusts the power of the 8P11; and
8P81;s by the same amount- provided there are no chanes in ain factors. .dditional adjustments to the power of the
8P11; associated with the use of compressed mode are described in sub clause >.,.*.3.
.ny chane in the uplin" 8P11; transmit power shall ta"e place immediately before the start of the pilot field on the
8P11;. The chane in 8P11; power with respect to its previous value is derived by the 32 and is denoted by 8P11;
(in d0). The previous value of 8P11; power shall be that used in the previous slot- e'cept in the event of an
interruption in transmission due to the use of compressed mode or discontinuous uplin" 8P11; transmission
operation- when the previous value shall be that used in the last slot before the transmission ap.
8urin the operation of the uplin" power control procedure the 32 transmit power shall not e'ceed a ma'imum
allowed value which is the lower out of the ma'imum output power of the terminal power class and a value which may
be set by hiher layer sinallin.
3plin" power control shall be performed while the 32 transmit power is below the ma'imum allowed output power.
The provisions for power control at the ma'imum allowed value and below the reDuired minimum output power (as
defined in HAI) are described in sub:clause >.,.*.?.
5.1.2.2 <rdi(ary !ra("8i! %o3er $o(!rol
5.1.2.2.1 Ge(eral
7or each activated uplin" freDuency- the uplin" inner:loop power control adjusts the 32 transmit power in order to "eep
the received uplin" sinal:to:interference ratio (!%/) on that freDuency at a iven !%/ taret- !%/taret.
The cells in the active set should estimate sinal:to:interference ratio !%/est of the received uplin" 8P1;. The cells in
the active set should then enerate TP1 commands and transmit the commands once per slot accordin to the followin
ruleF if !%/est P !%/taret then the TP1 command to transmit is J+J- while if !%/est Q !%/taret then the TP1 command to
transmit is J,J. Mhen 35=8TL=.ctive is T/32 (see section ?1)- a TP1 command is not reDuired to be transmitted in
any downlin" slot startin durin an uplin" 8P11; slot which is in an uplin" 8P11; transmission ap as defined in
subclause ?1.*- in which case it is not "nown to be present.
3pon reception of one or more TP1 commands in a TP1 command combinin period- the 32 shall derive a sinle TP1
command- TP1=cmd- for each TP1 command combinin period in which a TP1 command is "nown to be present-
combinin multiple TP1 commands if more than one is received in a TP1 command combinin period. The TP1
command combinin period has a lenth of one slot- beinnin at the downlin" slot boundary for 8P1;- and >,* chips
after the downlin" slot boundary for 7:8P1;. The 32 shall inore any TP1 commands received in an 7:8P1; slot
startin durin an uplin" 8P11; slot which is in an uplin" 8P11; transmission ap as defined in subclause ?1.*.
7urther- in case of an uplin" 8P11; transmission ap as defined in subclause ?1.*- the 32 shall add toether the
values of TP1=cmd derived from each TP1 command combinin period in which a TP1 command is "nown to be
present and is not inored as described above and which cannot be applied before the uplin" 8P11; transmission ap-
and apply the resultin sum of TP1=cmd values when the uplin" 8P11; transmission resumes.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! &, Release "
Two alorithms shall be supported by the 32 for derivin a TP1=cmd. Mhich of these two alorithms is used is
determined by a 32:specific hiher:layer parameter- JPower1ontrol.lorithmJ- and is under the control of the
3T/.&. %f JPower1ontrol.lorithmJ indicates Jalorithm,J- then the layer , parameter P1. shall ta"e the value , and
if JPower1ontrol.lorithmJ indicates Jalorithm*J then P1. shall ta"e the value *.
%f P1. has the value ,- .lorithm ,- described in subclause >.,.*.*.*- shall be used for processin TP1 commands.
%f P1. has the value *- .lorithm *- described in subclause >.,.*.*.3- shall be used for processin TP1 commands
unless 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is T/32- in which case .lorithm , shall be used for processin TP1 commands.
The step si(e TP1 is a layer , parameter which is derived from the 32:specific hiher:layer parameter JTP1:!tep!i(eJ
which is under the control of the 3T/.&. %f JTP1:!tep!i(eJ has the value Jd0,J- then the layer , parameter TP1 shall
ta"e the value , d0 and if JTP1:!tep!i(eJ has the value Jd0*J- then TP1 shall ta"e the value * d0. The parameter
JTP1:!tep!i(eJ only applies to .lorithm , as stated in H>I. 7or .lorithm * TP1 shall always ta"e the value , d0.
.fter derivin of the combined TP1 command TP1=cmd usin one of the two supported alorithms- the 32 shall
adjust the transmit power of the uplin" 8P11; with a step of 8P11; (in d0) which is iven byF
8P11; O TP1 TP1=cmd.
5.1.2.2.1.1 <! o5 "y($&ro(i"a!io( &a(dli(4
.fter ,?+ ms after physical channel establishment (defined in H>I)- the 32 shall independently control its transmitter on
each activated uplin" freDuency accordin to a downlin" 8P11; or 7:8P1; Duality criterion on the associated
downlin" freDuency as followsF
: %f 35=8TL=.ctive is 7.5!2 (see section ?1)- the 32 shall stop transmittin on the associated uplin"
freDuency when the 32 estimates the 8P11; or 7:8P1; Duality over the last ,?+ ms period to be worse than a
threshold Eout. %f 35=8TL=.ctive is T/32 (see section ?1)- the 32 shall stop transmittin on the associated
uplin" freDuency when the 32 estimates the Duality of the TP1 fields of the 7:8P1; from the servin ;!:
8!1; cell (or secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell) over the last *9+ slots in which the TP1 symbols are "nown to
be present to be worse than a threshold Eout. Eout is defined implicitly by the relevant tests in HAI.
: %f 35=8TL=.ctive is 7.5!2 (see section ?1)- the 32 can start transmittin on the associated uplin" freDuency
aain when the 32 estimates the 8P11; or 7:8P1; Duality over the last ,?+ ms period to be better than a
threshold Ein. %f 35=8TL=.ctive is T/32 (see section ?1)- the 32 can start transmittin on the associated
uplin" freDuency aain when the 32 estimates the Duality of the TP1 fields of the 7:8P1; from the servin ;!:
8!1; cell (or secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell) over the last *9+ slots in which the TP1 symbols are "nown to
be present to be better than a threshold Ein. Ein is defined implicitly by the relevant tests in HAI. Mhen
transmission is resumed- the power of the 8P11; shall be the same as when the 32 transmitter was shut off.
%f hiher layers indicate the usae of a post:verification period- the 32 shall independently control its transmitter on
each activated uplin" freDuency accordin to a downlin" 8P11; or 7:8P1; Duality criterion on the associated
downlin" freDuency as followsF
: Mhen the 32 estimates the 8P11; or 7:8P1; Duality over the first 9+ ms period of the first phase of the
downlin" synchronisation status evaluation to be worse than a threshold Ein- the 32 shall stop transmittin on
the associated uplin" freDuency and consider post:verification failed. Ein is defined implicitly by the relevant
tests in HAI. Mhen the 32 transmission is resumed- the transmission of the uplin" 8P11; power control
preamble shall start &pcp radio frames prior to the start of uplin" 8P81; transmission- where &pcp is a hiher
layer parameter set by 3T/.& H>I.
%n case 7:8P1; is confiured in the downlin"- the 7:8P1; Duality criterion shall be estimated as e'plained in
subclause 9.3.,.*.
5.1.2.2.1.2 TP, $o88a(d 4e(era!io( o( do3(li(; dri(4 R# i(i!iali"a!io(
Mhen commanded by hiher layers the TP1 commands sent on a downlin" radio lin" from &ode 0s that have not yet
achieved uplin" synchronisation shall follow a pattern as followsF
%f hiher layers indicate by J7irst /5! indicatorJ that the radio lin" is part of the first radio lin" set sent to the 32 or if
the radio lin" initialisation is caused by an ;!:!11; order to activate the secondary uplin" freDuency and the value #n#
obtained from the parameter J85 TP1 pattern +, countJ passed by hiher layers is different from + then F
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! &- Release "
: the TP1 pattern shall consist of n instances of the pair of TP1 commands (J+J -J,J)- followed by one instance of
TP1 command J,J- where (J+J-J,J) indicates the TP1 commands to be transmitted in * consecutive slots-
: the TP1 pattern continuously repeat but shall be forcibly re:started at the beinnin of each frame where 17&
mod 9 O +.
else
: The TP1 pattern shall consist only of TP1 commands J,J.
The TP1 pattern shall terminate once uplin" synchronisation is achieved.
5.1.2.2.2 'l4ori!&8 1 5or %ro$e""i(4 TP, $o88a(d"
5.1.2.2.2.1 6eri7a!io( o5 TP,>$8d 3&e( o(ly o(e TP, $o88a(d i" re$ei7ed i( ea$& "lo!
Mhen a 32 is not in soft handover- only one TP1 command will be received in each slot in which a TP1 command is
"nown to be present. %n this case- the value of TP1=cmd shall be derived as followsF
: %f the received TP1 command is eDual to + then TP1=cmd for that slot is K,.
: %f the received TP1 command is eDual to ,- then TP1=cmd for that slot is ,.
5.1.2.2.2.2 ,o8)i(i(4 o5 TP, $o88a(d" 5ro8 radio li(;" o5 !&e "a8e radio li(; "e!
Mhen a 32 is in soft handover- multiple TP1 commands may be received in each slot in which a TP1 command is
"nown to be present from different cells in the active set. %n some cases- the 32 has the "nowlede that some of the
transmitted TP1 commands in a TP1 command combinin period are the same. This is the case when the radio lin"s are
in the same radio lin" set. 7or these cases- the TP1 commands from the same radio lin" set in the same TP1 command
combinin period shall be combined into one TP1 command- to be further combined with other TP1 commands as
described in subclause >.,.*.*.*.3.
5.1.2.2.2.3 ,o8)i(i(4 o5 TP, $o88a(d" 5ro8 radio li(;" o5 di55ere(! radio li(; "e!"
This subclause describes the eneral scheme for combination of the TP1 commands from radio lin"s of different radio
lin" sets.
7irst- the 32 shall for each TP1 command combinin period conduct a soft symbol decision Mi on each of the power
control commands TP1i- where i O ,- *- R- &- where & is reater than , and is the number of TP1 commands from
radio lin"s of different radio lin" sets- that may be the result of a first phase of combination accordin to subclause
>.,.*.*.*.*.
7inally- the 32 derives a combined TP1 command- TP1=cmd- as a function of all the & soft symbol decisions MiF
: TP1=cmd O (M,- M*- R M&)- where TP1=cmd can ta"e the values , or :,.
The function shall fulfil the followin criteriaF
%f the & TP1i commands are random and uncorrelated- with eDual probability of bein transmitted as J+J or J,J- the
probability that the output of is eDual to , shall be reater than or eDual to ,<(*
&
)- and the probability that the output of
is eDual to :, shall be reater than or eDual to +.>. 7urther- the output of shall eDual , if the TP1 commands from all
the radio lin" sets- that are not inored accordin to section >.,.*.*., or >.,.*.3 are reliably J,J- and the output of shall
eDual K, if a TP1 command from any of the radio lin" sets- that are not inored accordin to section >.,.*.*., or >.,.*.3
is reliably J+J.
5.1.2.2.3 'l4ori!&8 2 5or %ro$e""i(4 TP, $o88a(d"
&OT2F .lorithm * ma"es it possible to emulate smaller step si(es than the minimum power control step
specified in subclause >.,.*.*.,- or to turn off uplin" power control by transmittin an alternatin series of
TP1 commands.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! &) Release "
5.1.2.2.3.1 6eri7a!io( o5 TP,>$8d 3&e( o(ly o(e TP, $o88a(d i" re$ei7ed i( ea$& "lo!
Mhen a 32 is not in soft handover- only one TP1 command will be received in each slot. %n this case- the 32 shall
process received TP1 commands on a >:slot cycle- where the sets of > slots shall be alined to the frame boundaries and
there shall be no overlap between each set of > slots.
The value of TP1=cmd shall be derived as followsF
: 7or the first 9 slots of a set- TP1=cmd O +.
: 7or the fifth slot of a set- the 32 uses hard decisions on each of the > received TP1 commands as followsF
: %f all > hard decisions within a set are , then TP1=cmd O , in the >
th
slot.
: %f all > hard decisions within a set are + then TP1=cmd O :, in the >
th
slot.
: Otherwise- TP1=cmd O + in the >
th
slot.
5.1.2.2.3.2 ,o8)i(i(4 o5 TP, $o88a(d" 5ro8 radio li(;" o5 !&e "a8e radio li(; "e!
Mhen a 32 is in soft handover- multiple TP1 commands may be received in each slot from different cells in the active
set. %n some cases- the 32 has the "nowlede that some of the transmitted TP1 commands in a TP1 command
combinin period are the same. This is the case when the radio lin"s are in the same radio lin" set. 7or these cases- the
TP1 commands from radio lin"s of the same radio lin" set in the same TP1 command combinin period shall be
combined into one TP1 command- to be processed and further combined with any other TP1 commands as described in
subclause >.,.*.*.3.3.
5.1.2.2.3.3 ,o8)i(i(4 o5 TP, $o88a(d" 5ro8 radio li(;" o5 di55ere(! radio li(; "e!"
This subclause describes the eneral scheme for combination of the TP1 commands from radio lin"s of different radio
lin" sets.
The 32 shall ma"e a hard decision on the value of each TP1i- where i O ,- *- R- & and & is the number of TP1
commands from radio lin"s of different radio lin" sets- that may be the result of a first phase of combination accordin
to subclause >.,.*.*.3.*.
The 32 shall follow this procedure for > consecutive TP1 command combinin periods- resultin in & hard decisions
for each of the > TP1 command combinin periods.
The sets of > TP1 command combinin periods shall for 8P1; be alined to the frame boundaries and for 7:8P1; be
alined to >,* chips offset from the frame boundaries- and there shall be no overlap between each set of > TP1
command combinin periods.
The value of TP1=cmd is (ero for the first 9 TP1 command combinin periods. .fter > TP1 command combinin
periods have elapsed- the 32 shall determine the value of TP1=cmd for the fifth TP1 command combinin period in
the followin wayF
The 32 first determines one temporary TP1 command- TP1=tempi- for each of the & sets of > TP1 commands as
followsF
: %f all > hard decisions within a set are J,J- TP1=tempi O ,.
: %f all > hard decisions within a set are J+J- TP1=tempi O :,.
: Otherwise- TP1=tempi O +.
7inally- the 32 derives a combined TP1 command for the fifth TP1 command combinin period- TP1=cmd- as a
function of all the & temporary power control commands TP1=tempiF
TP1=cmd(>
th
TP1 command combinin period) O (TP1=temp,- TP1=temp*- R- TP1=temp&)- where TP1=cmd(>
th

TP1 command combinin period) can ta"e the values ,- + or K,- and is iven by the followin definitionF
- TP1=cmd is set to :, if any of TP1=temp, to TP1=temp& are eDual to :,.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! &" Release "
- Otherwise- TP1=cmd is set to , if > . + =
,
,
>

N
i
i
temp TPC
N
.
- Otherwise- TP1=cmd is set to +.
5.1.2.3 Tra("8i! %o3er $o(!rol i( $o8%re""ed 8ode
&OT2F STransmission apsT correspond to transmission aps created as a result of compressed mode. .nother type of
transmission ap may e'ist if 8P11; discontinuous transmission is applied (as described in section ?1)- however these
aps are named Suplin" 8P11; transmission apsT.
%n compressed mode- one or more transmission ap pattern seDuences are active. Therefore some frames are
compressed and contain transmission aps. The uplin" power control procedure is as specified in clause >.,.*.*- usin
the same 3T/.& supplied parameters for Power 1ontrol .lorithm and step si(e (TP1)- but with additional features
which aim to recover as rapidly as possible a sinal:to:interference ratio (!%/) close to the taret !%/ after each
transmission ap.
The cells in the active set should estimate sinal:to:interference ratio !%/est of the received uplin" 8P1;. The cells in
the active set should then enerate TP1 commands and transmit the commands once per slot- e'cept durin downlin"
transmission aps- accordin to the followin ruleF if !%/est P !%/cm=taret then the TP1 command to transmit is J+J- while
if !%/est Q !%/cm=taret then the TP1 command to transmit is J,J.
!%/cm=taret is the taret !%/ durin compressed mode and fulfils
!%/cm=taret O !%/taret U !%/P%5OT U !%/,=codin U !%/*=codin-
where !%/,=codin and !%/*=codin are computed from uplin" parameters 8elta!%/,- 8elta!%/*- 8elta!%/after,-
8elta!%/after* sinalled by hiher layers asF
: !%/,=codin O 8elta!%/, if the start of the first transmission ap in the transmission ap pattern is within the
current uplin" frame and 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is 7.5!2 for the 32.
: !%/,=codin O 8elta!%/after, if the current uplin" frame just follows a frame containin the start of the first
transmission ap in the transmission ap pattern and 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is 7.5!2 for the 32.
: !%/*=codin O 8elta!%/* if the start of the second transmission ap in the transmission ap pattern is within
the current uplin" frame and 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is 7.5!2 for the 32.
: !%/*=codin O 8elta!%/after* if the current uplin" frame just follows a frame containin the start of the
second transmission ap in the transmission ap pattern and 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is 7.5!2 for the 32.
: !%/,=codin O + d0 and !%/*=codin O + d0 in all other cases.
!%/P%5OT is defined asF !%/P%5OT O ,+5o,+ (&pilot-&<&pilot-curr=frame)-
where Npilot,curr_frame is the number of pilot bits per slot in the current uplin" frame- and Npilot,N is the number of pilot bits
per slot in a normal uplin" frame without a transmission ap.
%n the case of several compressed mode pattern seDuences bein used simultaneously- !%/,=codin and
!%/*=codin offsets are computed for each compressed mode pattern and all !%/,=codin and !%/*=codin
offsets are summed toether.
%n compressed mode- compressed frames may occur in either the uplin" or the downlin" or both. %n uplin" compressed
frames- the transmission of uplin" 8P81;(s) and 8P11; shall both be stopped durin transmission aps.
8ue to the transmission aps in compressed frames- there may be missin TP1 commands in the downlin". %f no
downlin" TP1 command is transmitted- the correspondin TP1=cmd derived by the 32 shall be set to (ero.
1ompressed and non:compressed frames in the uplin" 8P11; may have a different number of pilot bits per slot. .
chane in the transmit power of the uplin" 8P11; would be needed in order to compensate for the chane in the total
pilot enery. Therefore at the start of each slot the 32 shall derive the value of a power offset
P%5OT. %f the number of
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! #* Release "
pilot bits per slot in the uplin" 8P11; is different from its value in the most recently transmitted slot-
P%5OT (in d0)
shall be iven byF
P%5OT O ,+5o,+ (&pilot-prev<&pilot-curr)G
where Npilot,prev is the number of pilot bits in the most recently transmitted slot - and Npilot,curr is the number of pilot bits in
the current slot. Otherwise- includin durin transmission aps in the downlin"-
P%5OT shall be (ero.
3nless otherwise specified- in every slot durin compressed mode the 32 shall adjust the transmit power of the uplin"
8P11; with a step of 8P11; (in d0) which is iven byF
8P11; O TP1 TP1=cmd U
P%5OT.
.t the start of the first slot after an uplin" or downlin" transmission ap the 32 shall apply a chane in the transmit
power of the uplin" 8P11; by an amount 8P11; (in d0)- with respect to the uplin" 8P11; power in the most recently
transmitted uplin" slot- whereF
8P11; O
/2!3M2 U
P%5OT.
The value of
/2!3M2 (in d0) shall be determined by the 32 accordin to the %nitial Transmit Power mode (%TP). The
%TP is a 32 specific parameter- which is sinalled by the networ" with the other compressed mode parameters (see H9I).
The different modes are summarised in table ,.
Ta1le &/ 2nitial Trans3it Power 3odes durin. co3pressed 3ode
2nitial Trans3it Power
3ode
escription
0
R-SUM- @ TP, TP,>$8d4a%
1
R-SUM- @ la"!
%f 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is T/32- the 32 shall behave as if the %TP mode is +.
%n the case of a transmission ap in the uplin"- TP1=cmdap shall be derived as followsF
%f 8P1; is confiured in the downlin" then TP1=cmdap shall be the value of TP1=cmd derived in the first slot of
the uplin" transmission ap- if a downlin" TP1=command is transmitted in that slot. Otherwise TP1=cmdap shall be
(ero if no downlin" TP1=command is transmitted in that slot.
%f 7:8P1; is confiured in the downlin" then TP1=cmdap shall be eDual to the sum of the values of TP1=cmd
derived from each TP1 command combinin period in which a TP1 command is "nown to be present and is not
inored as described below and which cannot be applied before the uplin" transmission ap. The 32 shall inore
any TP1 commands received in an 7:8P1; slot startin durin an uplin" 8P11; slot which is in an uplin"
transmission ap. %n case there are no TP1 commands to be summed TP1=cmdap shall be (ero.
last shall be eDual to the most recently computed value of i. i shall be updated accordin to the followin recursive
relations- which shall be e'ecuted in all slots in which both the uplin" 8P11; and a downlin" TP1 command are
transmitted- and in the first slot of an uplin" transmission ap if a downlin" TP1 command is transmitted in that slotF
i i
sc TPC i i i
k cmd TPC

,
,
= C?BA> . + C3A> . +
whereF TP1=cmdi is the power control command derived by the 32 in that slotG
ksc O + if additional scalin is applied in the current slot and the previous slot as described in sub:clause
>.,.*.?- and ksc O , otherwise.
i:, is the value of i computed for the previous slot. The value of i:, shall be initialised to (ero when the uplin" 8P11;
is activated- and also at the end of the first slot after each uplin" transmission ap- and also at the end of the first slot
after each downlin" transmission ap. The value of i shall be set to (ero at the end of the first slot after each uplin"
transmission ap.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! #& Release "
.fter a transmission ap in either the uplin" or the downlin"- the period followin resumption of simultaneous uplin"
and downlin" 8P11; or 7:8P1; transmission is called a recovery period. /P5 is the recovery period lenth and is
e'pressed as a number of slots. /P5 is eDual to the minimum value out of the transmission ap lenth and A slots. %f a
transmission ap or an 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern ap as defined in subclause ?1.* is scheduled to start before /P5
slots have elapsed- then the recovery period shall end at the start of the ap- and the value of /P5 shall be reduced
accordinly.
8urin the recovery period- * modes are possible for the power control alorithm. The /ecovery Period Power control
mode (/PP) is sinalled with the other compressed mode parameters (see H9I). The different modes are summarised in
the table *F
Ta1le #/ Reco4ery Period Power control 3odes durin. co3pressed 3ode
Reco4ery Period power
control 3ode
escription
0
Tra("8i! %o3er $o(!rol i" a%%lied "i(4 !&e al4ori!&8 de!er8i(ed )y !&e 7ale
o5 P,', a" i( ")$la"e 5.1.2.2 3i!& "!e% "iAe TP,.
1
Tra("8i! %o3er $o(!rol i" a%%lied "i(4 al4ori!&8 1 ("ee ")$la"e 5.1.2.2.2)
3i!& "!e% "iAe RP-TP, dri(4 RP# "lo!" a5!er ea$& !ra("8i""io( 4a%.
%f 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is T/32- the 32 shall behave as if the /PP mode is +.
7or /PP mode +- the step si(e is not chaned durin the recovery period and ordinary transmit power control is applied
(see subclause >.,.*.*)- usin the alorithm for processin TP1 commands determined by the value of P1. (see sub
clauses >.,.*.*.* and >.,.*.*.3).
7or /PP mode ,- durin /P5 slots after each transmission ap- power control alorithm , is applied with a step si(e
/P:TP1 instead of TP1- reardless of the value of P1.. Therefore- the chane in uplin" 8P11; transmit power at the
start of each of the /P5U, slots immediately followin the transmission ap (e'cept for the first slot after the
transmission ap) is iven byF
8P11; O /P:TP1 TP1=cmd U
P%5OT
/P:TP1 is called the recovery power control step si(e and is e'pressed in d0. %f P1. has the value ,- /P:TP1 is eDual to
the minimum value of 3 d0 and *TP1. %f P1. has the value * - /P:TP1 is eDual to , d0.
.fter the recovery period- ordinary transmit power control resumes usin the alorithm specified by the value of P1.
and with step si(e TP1.
%f P1. has the value * - the sets of slots over which the TP1 commands are processed shall remain alined to the frame
boundaries in the compressed frame. 7or both /PP mode + and /PP mode ,- if the transmission ap or the recovery
period results in any incomplete sets of TP1 commands- TP1=cmd shall be (ero for those sets of slots which are
incomplete.
5.1.2.4 Tra("8i! %o3er $o(!rol i( !&e %li(; 6P,,9 %o3er $o(!rol %rea8)le
.n uplin" 8P11; power control preamble is a period of uplin" 8P11; transmission prior to the start of the uplin"
8P81; transmission. The downlin" 8P11; or 7:8P1; shall also be transmitted durin an uplin" 8P11; power
control preamble.
The lenth of the uplin" 8P11; power control preamble is a hiher layer parameter sinalled by the networ" as
defined in H>I. The uplin" 8P81; transmission shall commence after the end of the uplin" 8P11; power control
preamble.
8urin the uplin" 8P11; power control preamble the chane in uplin" 8P11; transmit power shall be iven byF
8P11; O TP1 TP1=cmd.
8urin the uplin" 8P11; power control preamble TP1=cmd is derived accordin to alorithm , as described in sub
clause >.,.*.*.,- reardless of the value of P1..
Ordinary power control (see subclause >.,.*.*)- with the power control alorithm determined by the value of P1. and
step si(e TP1- shall be used after the end of the uplin" 8P11; power control preamble.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! ## Release "
5.1.2.5 Se!!i(4 o5 !&e %li(; 6P,,926P6,9 rela!i7e %o3er"
5.1.2.5.1 Ge(eral
The uplin" 8P11; and 8P81;(s) are transmitted on different codes as defined in subclause 9.*., of H3I. %n the case
that at least one 8P81; is confiured- the ain factors c and d may vary for each T71. There are two ways of
controllin the ain factors of the 8P11; code and the 8P81; codes for different T71s in normal (non:compressed)
framesF
c and d are sinalled for the T71- or
c and d is computed for the T71- based on the sinalled settins for a reference T71.
1ombinations of the two above methods may be used to associate c and d values to all T71s in the T71!. The two
methods are described in subclauses >.,.*.>.* and >.,.*.>.3 respectively. !everal reference T71s may be sinalled from
hiher layers.
The ain factors may vary on radio frame basis dependin on the current T71 used. 7urther- the settin of ain factors
is independent of the inner loop power control.
.fter applyin the ain factors- the 32 shall scale the total transmit power of the 8P11; and 8P81;(s)- such that the
8P11; output power follows the chanes reDuired by the power control procedure with power adjustments of 8P11;
d0- subject to the provisions of sub:clause >.,.*.?.
The ain factors durin compressed frames are based on the nominal power relation defined in normal frames- as
specified in subclause >.,.*.>.9.
5.1.2.5.2 Si4(alled 4ai( 5a$!or"
Mhen the ain factors c and d are sinalled by hiher layers for a certain T71- the sinalled values are used directly
for weihtin of 8P11; and 8P81;(s). The variable Aj- called the nominal power relation is then computed asF
c
d
j
A

.
5.1.2.5.3 ,o8%!ed 4ai( 5a$!or"
The ain factors c and d may also be computed for certain T71s- based on the sinalled settins for a reference T71.
5et c,ref and d,ref denote the sinalled ain factors for the reference T71. 7urther- let c,j and d,j denote the ain factors
used for the jFth T71. .lso let Lref denote the number of 8P81;s used for the reference T71 and L,j denote the number
of 8P81;s used for the jFth T71.
8efine the variable

i
i i ref
N RM K
G
where RMi is the semi:static rate matchin attribute for transport channel i (defined in H*I subclause 9.*.A)- Ni is the
number of bits output from the radio frame sementation bloc" for transport channel i (defined in H*I subclause 9.*.?.,)-
and the sum is ta"en over all the transport channels i in the reference T71.
!imilarly- define the variable

i
i i j
N RM K
G
where the sum is ta"en over all the transport channels i in the jFth T71.
The variable Aj- called the nominal power relation is then computed asF
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! #3 Release "
ref
j
j
ref
ref c
ref d
j
K
K
L
L
A
-
-

.
The ain factors for the jFth T71 are then computed as followsF
: %f Aj P ,- then
+ . ,
-

j d

and
j c-

is the larest Duanti(ed

:value- for which the condition

j c-

, < Aj
holds. !ince
j c-

may not be set to (ero- if the above roundin results in a (ero value-
j c-

shall be set to the

lowest Duanti(ed amplitude ratio of ,<,> as specified in H3I.
: %f Aj ,- then
j d-

is the smallest Duanti(ed

:value- for which the condition

j d-

Aj holds and
+ . ,
-

j c

.
The Duanti(ed :values are defined in H3I subclause 9.*.,- table ,.
5.1.2.5.4 Se!!i(4 o5 !&e %li(; 6P,,926P6,9 rela!i7e %o3er" i( $o8%re""ed 8ode
The ain factors used durin a compressed frame for a certain T71 are calculated from the nominal power relation used
in normal (non:compressed) frames for that T71. 5et Aj denote the nominal power relation for the jFth T71 in a normal
frame. 7urther- let c,C,j and d,C,j denote the ain factors used for the jFth T71 when the frame is compressed. The
variable AC,j is computed asF
N pilot C slots
C pilot
j j C
N N
N
A A
- -
-
-
,>

G
where Npilot,C is the number of pilot bits per slot when in compressed mode- and Npilot,N is the number of pilot bits per
slot in normal mode. Nslots,C is the number of slots in the compressed frame used for transmittin the data.
The ain factors for the jFth T71 in a compressed frame are computed as followsF
%f AC,j P ,- then
+ . ,
- -

j C d

and
j C c - -

is the larest Duanti(ed

:value- for which the condition

j C c - -

, < AC,j holds. !ince

j C c - -

may not be set to (ero- if the above roundin results in a (ero value-
j C c - -

shall be set to the lowest Duanti(ed amplitude ratio of ,<,> as specified in H3I.
%f AC,j ,- then
j C d - -

is the smallest Duanti(ed

:value- for which the condition

j C d - -

AC,j holds and

+ . ,
- -

j C c

.
The Duanti(ed :values are defined in H3I subclause 9.*.,- table ,.
5.1.2.5' Se!!i(4 o5 !&e %li(; 9S-6P,,9 %o3er rela!i7e !o 6P,,9 %o3er
Mhen an ;!:8P11; is active- the values for .1$- &.1$ and 1E% set by hiher layers are translated to the Duanti(ed
amplitude ratios A
hs
as specified in H3I subclause 9.*.,.*- and shall be set for each ;!:8P11; slot as follows.
%f the 32 is confiured in M%MO mode in only one of the servin ;!:8!1; cell and the secondary servin ;!:8!1;
cell- then
: the power settin for ;!:8P11; slots carryin ;./E:.1$ shall be the same as if the 32 was confiured in
M%MO mode in both cellsG
: the power settin for ;!:8P11; slots carryin the 1E% associated with the cell for which the 32 is
confiured in M%MO mode shall be the same as if the 32 was confiured in M%MO mode in both cellsG
: the power settin for ;!:8P11; slots carryin the 1E% associated with the cell for which the 32 is not
confiured in M%MO mode shall be the same as if the 32 was not confiured in M%MO mode in any cell and
!econdary=1ell=.ctive is +.
7or ;!:8P11; slots carryin ;./E .c"nowledementF
%f !econdary=1ell=.ctive is +-
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! #' Release "
.hs eDuals the Duanti(ed amplitude ratio translated from the sinalled value .1$ if the correspondin ;./E:
.1$ messae is .1$G
.hs eDuals the Duanti(ed amplitude ratio translated from the sinalled value &.1$ if the correspondin ;./E:
.1$ messae is &.1$G
.hs eDuals the Duanti(ed amplitude ratio translated from the reatest of the sinalled values .1$ and &.1$ if the
correspondin ;./E:.1$ messae is P/2 before a sinle transport bloc" or PO!T after a sinle transport
bloc".
.hs eDuals the Duanti(ed amplitude ratio translated from the sinalled value .1$ U, if the correspondin ;./E:
.1$ messae is .1$<.1$G
.hs eDuals the Duanti(ed amplitude ratio translated from the sinalled value &.1$ U, if the correspondin
;./E:.1$ messae is &.1$<&.1$G
.hs eDuals the Duanti(ed amplitude ratio translated from the reatest of (.1$ U,) and (&.1$ U,) if the
correspondin ;./E:.1$ messae is .1$<&.1$- &.1$<.1$- P/2 before a dual transport bloc" or
PO!T after a dual transport bloc".
Otherwise- if the 32 is not confiured in M%MO mode-
.hs eDuals the Duanti(ed amplitude ratio translated from the sinalled value .1$ U, if the correspondin ;./E:
.1$ messae contains at least one .1$ but no &.1$G
.hs eDuals the Duanti(ed amplitude ratio translated from the sinalled value &.1$ U, if the correspondin
;./E:.1$ messae contains at least one &.1$ but no .1$G
.hs eDuals the Duanti(ed amplitude ratio translated from the reatest of (.1$ U,) and (&.1$ U,) if the
correspondin ;./E:.1$ messae contains both .1$ and &.1$- or is a P/2 or a PO!T.
Otherwise-
.hs eDuals the Duanti(ed amplitude ratio translated from the sinalled value .1$ U, if the correspondin ;./E:
.1$ messae contains at least one .1$ but no &.1$G
.hs eDuals the Duanti(ed amplitude ratio translated from the sinalled value &.1$ U, if the correspondin
;./E:.1$ messae contains at least one &.1$ but no .1$G
.hs eDuals the Duanti(ed amplitude ratio translated from the reatest of (.1$ U,) and (&.1$ U,) if the
correspondin ;./E:.1$ messae contains both .1$ and &.1$- or is a P/2 or a PO!T.
7or ;!:8P11; slots carryin 1E%F
Mhen a 1E% of type . is transmitted-
.hs eDuals the Duanti(ed amplitude ratio translated from the sinalled value 1E% U,.
Otherwise- if the 32 is not confiured in M%MO mode and !econdary=1ell=.ctive is not +-
.hs eDuals the Duanti(ed amplitude ratio translated from the sinalled value 1E% U,.
Otherwise-
.hs eDuals the Duanti(ed amplitude ratio translated from the sinaled value 1E%
Then- in non:compressed frames hs- which is the ain factor defined in H3I subclause 9.*.,.*- is calculated accordin to
hs c hs
A -
where c value is sinalled by hiher:layer or calculated as described in subclause >.,.*.>.* or >.,.*.>.3 if at least one
8P81; is confiured. %n case no 8P81; is confiured- c value is set as described in subclause >.,.*.>1.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! #$ Release "
Mith the e'ception of the start and end of compressed frames- any 8P11; power chane shall not modify the power
ratio between the 8P11; and the ;!:8P11;. The power ratio between the 8P11; and the ;!:8P11; durin
compressed 8P11; frames is described below.
8urin the period between the start and end of a compressed 8P11; frame- when ;!:8P11; is transmitted- hs is
calculated accordin to
N pilot
C pilot
hs j C c hs
N
N
A
-
-
- -
-
where
j C c - -

is calculated as described in subclause >.,.*.>.9 if at least one 8P81; is confiured. %n case no

8P81; is confiured- c,C,j value is set as described in subclause >.,.*.>1. Npilot,C is the number of pilot bits per slot on
the 8P11; in compressed frames- and Npilot,N is the number of pilot bits per slot in non:compressed frames.
Thus the ain factor hs varies dependin on the current Duanti(ed amplitude ratio .hs and on whether the 35 8P11; is
currently in a compressed frame.
5.1.2.5: Se!!i(4 o5 !&e %li(; --6P,,9 a(d --6P6,9 %o3er" rela!i7e !o 6P,,9
%o3er
5.1.2.5:.1 --6P,,926P,,9
The 2:8P11; ain factor computation depends on the transmitted 2:T71 at a iven TT%.
%n non compressed frames- if 2:T71%i is smaller than or eDual to !T"C#ec,$oost - where !T"C#i denotes the 2:T71% of
the iFth 2:T71- the 2:8P11; ain factor- ec- which is defined in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3- is calculated accordin to
ec c ec
A
where c value is sinalled by hiher:layers or calculated as described in subclause >.,.*.>.* or >.,.*.>.3 if at least one
8P81; is confiured. %n case no 8P81; is confiured- c value is set as described in subclause >.,.*.>1. A
ec
is
defined in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3. The !T"C#ec,$oost value is sinalled by hiher layers.
%n non compressed frames if !T"C#i is reater than !T"C#ec,$oost- the unDuanti(ed 2:8P11; ain factor for the iFth 2:
T71- ec,i,u%-- is calculated accordin to

,
_

,
_

,
,+
- ma'
,+
*
,
- -
*
- - *
ma'-
TP T
i
k
k
c
k i ed
ec c u% i ec
A

where T&TP is sinalled by hiher layers and is defined in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3-
k i ed - -

is the 2:8P81; ain factor

for the iFth 2:T71 on the kFth physical channel and kma',i is the number of physical channels used for the iFth 2:T71.
%f ec,i,u% is less than the smallest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.+. in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3- then the 2:8P11; ain factor
of !T"C#i- ec,i is set such that ec,i<c is the smallest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.+. in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3.
Otherwise- ec,i is selected from Table ,0.+. in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3- such that *+Vlo,+(ec,i<c) is the nearest
Duanti(ed value to *+Vlo,+(ec,i,u%<c).
8urin compressed frames where the 2:81; TT% is *msec- the 2:8P11; ain factor- ec- which is defined in H3I
subclause 9.*.,.3- is calculated accordin toF
N pilot
C pilot
ec j C c ec
N
N
A
-
-
- -
if !T"C#i is smaller than or eDual to !T"C#ec,$oost(
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! #, Release "
and accordin to
N pilot
C pilot
k
k
c
k i ed
ec j C c u% i ec
N
N
A
TP T
i
-
-
,+
*
,
- -
*
- - - -
,
,+
- ma'
*
ma'-

,
_

,
_

if !T"C#i is reater than !T"C#ec,$oost(

where
j C c - -

is calculated as described in subclause >.,.*.>.9 if at least one 8P81; is confiured. %n case no

8P81; is confiured- the
j C c - -

value is set as described in subclause >.,.*.>1.

k i ed - -

is the 2:8P81; ain

factor for the iFth 2:T71 on the kFth physical channel in non:compressed frames. Npilot,C is the number of pilot bits per
slot on the 8P11; in compressed frames- and Npilot,N is the number of pilot bits per slot in non:compressed frames.
Nslots,C is the number of non 8TL slots in the compressed frame.
8urin compressed frames and where the 2:81; TT% is ,+msec- the 2:8P11; ain factor- ec- which is defined in H3I
subclause 9.*.,.3- is calculated accordin toF
N pilot C slots
C pilot
ec j C c ec
N N
N
A
- -
-
- -
,>

if !T"C#i is smaller than or eDual to !T"C#ec,$oost

and accordin to

N pilot C slots
C pilot
k
k
c
k i ed
ec j C c u% i ec
N N
N
A
TP T
i
- -
-
,+
*
,
- -
*
- - - -
,>
,
,+
- ma'
*
ma'-

,
_

,
_

if !T"C#i is reater than !T"C#ec,$oost.

where- Nslots,C is the number of non 8TL slots in the compressed frame.
5.1.2.5:.2 --6P6,926P,,9
5.1.2.5:.2.1 Ge(eral
The 2:8P81; ain factor- ed- which is defined in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3- may ta"e a different value for each 2:T71 and
;./E offset. The ain factors for different 2:T71s and ;./E offsets are computed as described in subclause
>.,.*.>0.*.3 based on reference ain factor(s) ed,ref of 2:T71(s) sinalled as reference 2:T71(s). The ed,ref are
computed as described in subclause >.,.*.>0.*.*. .t least one 2:T71 of the set of 2:T71s confiured by the networ"
shall be sinalled as a reference 2:T71.
The ain factors may vary on radio frame basis or sub:frame basis dependin on the 2:81; TT% used. 7urther- the
settin of ain factors is independent of the inner loop power control.
5.1.2.5:.2.2 ,o8%!a!io( o5 re5ere($e 4ai( 5a$!or"
5et !T"C#ref,m denote the 2:T71% of the mFth reference 2:T71- where mO,-*-R-M and M is the number of sinalled
reference 2:T71s and !T"C#ref,, Q !T"C#ref,* Q R Q !T"C#ref,M.
7or each reference 2:T71- a reference ain factor ed,ref is calculated accordin to
ed c ref ed
A
-
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! #- Release "
where c value is sinalled by hiher:layer or calculated as described in subclause >.,.*.>.* or >.,.*.>.3 if at least one
8P81; is confiured. %n case no 8P81; is confiured- c value is set as described in subclause >.,.*.>1. A
ed
is
defined in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3 table ,0., when the reference !T"C#ref,m is smaller than or eDual to !T"C#ec,$oostG
otherwise- A
ed
is defined in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3 table ,0.*. when reference !T"C#ref,m is reater than !T"C#ec,$oost.
5.1.2.5:.2.3 ,o8%!a!io( o5 4ai( 5a$!or"
The ain factor ed of an 2:T71 is computed based on the sinalled settins for its correspondin reference 2:T71.
Mhether 2:8P81; power e'trapolation formula or 2:8P81; power interpolation formula is used to compute the ain
factor ed is sinalled by hiher layers.
5et !T"C#i denote the 2:T71% of the iFth 2:T71.
7or the iFth 2:T71F
%f 2:8P81; power e'trapolation formula is confiured
if !T"C#i !T"C#ref,M- the reference 2:T71 is the MFth reference 2:T71.
if !T"C#i Q !T"C#ref,,- the reference 2:T71 is the ,st reference 2:T71.
if !T"C#ref,, !T"C#i Q !T"C#ref,M- the reference 2:T71 is the mFth reference 2:T71 such that !T"C#ref,m !
T"C#i Q !T"C#ref,m),.
2lse %f 2:8P81; power interpolation formula is confiured
if !T"C#i W !T"C#ref,M, the primary and secondary reference 2:T71s are the (M:,)Fth and MFth reference 2:T71s
respectively.
if !T"C#i Q !T"C#ref,*, the primary and secondary reference 2:T71s are the ,
st
and *
nd
reference 2:T71s
respectively.
if !T"C#ref,, !T"C#i Q !T"C#ref,M- the primary and secondary reference 2:T71s are the mFth and (mU,)Fth
reference 2:T71s respectively- such that !T"C#ref,m !T"C#i Q !T"C#ref,m),.
Mhen 2:8P81; power e'trapolation formula is confiured- let ed,ref denote the reference ain factor of the reference
2:T71. 5et Le,ref denote the number of 2:8P81;s used for the reference 2:T71 and Le,i denote the number of 2:
8P81;s used for the iFth 2:T71. %f !7* is used- Le,ref and Le,i are the eDuivalent number of physical channels assumin
!79. 5et Ke,ref denote the transport bloc" si(e of the reference 2:T71 and Ke,i denote the transport bloc" si(e of the iFth
2:T71- where the mappin between the 2:T71% and the 2:81; transport bloc" si(e is defined in HCI. 7or the iFth 2:
T71- the temporary variable ed,i,har% is then computed asF

,
_

*+
-
-
-
-
- - -
,+
har%
ref e
i e
i e
ref e
ref ed har% i ed
K
K
L
L

where the ;./E offset harD is defined in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3.
Mhen 2:8P81; power interpolation formula is confiured- let ed,ref,* and ed,ref-* denote the reference ain factors of the
primary and secondary reference 2:T71s respectively. 5et Le,ref,* and Le,ref,& denote the number of 2:8P81;s used for
the primary and secondary reference 2:T71s respectively. 5et Le,i denotes the number of 2:8P81;s used for the iFth 2:
T71. %f !7* is used- Le,ref,* - Le,ref,& and Le,i are the eDuivalent number of physical channels assumin !79. 5et Ke,ref,* and
Ke,ref,& denote the transport bloc" si(es of the primary and secondary reference 2:T71s respectively. 5et Ke,i denotes the
transport bloc" si(e of the iFth 2:T71- where the mappin between the 2:T71% and the 2:81; transport bloc" si(e is
defined in HCI. 7or the iFth 2:T71- the temporary variable ed,i,har% is computed asF
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! #) Release "
( )

,
_

,
_

,
_

*+ *
, - - , - - -
, - - * - -
*
, - -
*
* - -
, - -
* - -
-
, - -
- -
,+
har%
ref ed ref e i e
ref e ref e
ref ed ref ed
ref e
ref e
i e
ref e
har% i ed
K K
K K
L
L
L
L

with the
e'ception that ed,i,har% is set to + if
( ) +
*
, - - , - - -
, - - * - -
*
, - -
*
* - -
, - -
* - -
+

,
_

ref ed ref e i e
ref e ref e
ref ed ref ed
ref e
ref e
K K
K K
L
L

.
7or the iFth 2:T71- the unDuanti(ed ain factor ed,k,i,u% for the kFth 2:8P81; (denoted 2:8P81;" in H3I subclause
9.*.,.3) shall be set to
har% i ed - -
* if the spreadin factor for 2:8P81;" is * and to har% i ed - -

otherwise.
The followin appliesF
: 7or 2:T71% smaller than or eDual to !T"C#ec,$oost -
: %f ed,k,i,u%<c is less than the smallest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.* in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3- then the ain factor of
2:8P81;"- ed,k is set such that ed,k<c is the smallest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.* in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3.
: Otherwise- ed,k is set such that ed,k<c is the larest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.* in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3- for
which the condition ed,k ed,k,i,u% holds.
: 7or 2:T71% reater than !T"C#ec,$oost -
: %f ed,k,i,u%<c is less than the smallest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.*0 in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3- then the ain factor
of 2:8P81;"- ed,k is set such that ed,k<c is the smallest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.*0 in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3.
: Otherwise- ed,k is set such that ed,k<c is the larest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.*0 in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3- for
which the condition ed,k ed,k,i,u% holds.
5.1.2.5:.2.4 --6P6,926P,,9 ad?"!8e(!" rela!i(4 !o $o8%re""ed 8ode
The ain factor applied to 2:8P81; is adjusted as a result of compressed mode operation in the followin casesF
X 2:81; transmissions that overlap a compressed frame
X 7or ,+msec 2:81; TT% case- retransmissions that do not themselves overlap a compressed frame- but for which the
correspondin initial transmission overlapped a compressed frame.
The ain factors used durin a compressed frame for a certain 2:T71 are calculated from the nominal power relation
used in normal (non:compressed) frames for that 2:T71. Mhen the frame is compressed- the ain factor used for the
iFth 2:T71 is derived from ed,C,i as described below.
Mhen the 2:81; TT% is *msec- ed,C,i shall be calculated as followsF
%f 2:8P81; power e'trapolation formula is confiured-
N pilot
C pilot
ref e
i e
i e
ref e
ed j C c i C ed
N
N
K
K
L
L
A
har%
-
- *+
-
-
-
-
- - - -
,+

,
_

-
2lse if 2:8P81; power interpolation formula is confiured,
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! #" Release "
( )
N pilot
C pilot
har%
ed ref e i e
ref e ref e
ed ed
ref e
ref e
i e
ref e
j C c i C ed
N
N
A K K
K K
A A
L
L
L
L
-
- *+ *
, - , - - -
, - - * - -
*
, -
*
* -
, - -
* - -
-
, - -
- - - -
,+

,
_

,
_

,
_

with the e'ception that ed,C,i is set to + if
( ) +
*
, - , - - -
, - - * - -
*
, -
*
* -
, - -
* - -
+

,
_

ed ref e i e
ref e ref e
ed ed
ref e
ref e
A K K
K K
A A
L
L
where
j C c - -

is calculated for the jFth T71 as described in subclause >.,.*.>.9 if at least one 8P81; is confiured. %n
case no 8P81; is confiured- the
j C c - -

value is set as described in subclause >.,.*.>1. A

ed
- Aed,* and Aed,& are as
defined in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3. Aed,* and Aed,& denote the Duanti(ed amplitude ratios assined to the primary and
secondary reference 2:T71s respectively(
Le,ref, Le,i, Ke,ref , Ke,i ,L,e,ref,* , Le,ref,& , Ke,ref,* and Ke,ref,& are as defined in subclause >.,.*.>0.*.3- harD is as defined in H3I
subclause 9.*.,.3- Npilot,C is the number of pilot bits per slot on the 8P11; in compressed frames- and Npilot,N is the
number of pilot bits per slot in non:compressed frames.
Mhen the 2:81; TT% is ,+msec and the current frame is compressed- ed,C,i shall be calculated as followsF
%f 2:8P81; power e'trapolation formula is confiured
N pilot # slots
C pilot
ref e
i e
i # e
ref e
ed j C c i C ed
N N
N
K
K
L
L
A
har%
- -
- *+
-
-
- -
-
- - - -
,>
,+

,
_

-
2lse if 2:8P81; power interpolation formula is confiured
( )
N pilot # slots
C pilot
har%
ed ref e i e
ref e ref e
ed ed
ref e
ref e
i # e
ref e
j C c i C ed
N N
N
A K K
K K
A A
L
L
L
L
- -
- *+ *
, - , - - -
, - - * - -
*
, -
*
* -
, - -
* - -
- -
, - -
- - - -
,>
,+

,
_

,
_

,
_

with the e'ception that ed,C,i is set to + if
( ) +
*
, - , - - -
, - - * - -
*
, -
*
* -
, - -
* - -
+

,
_

ed ref e i e
ref e ref e
ed ed
ref e
ref e
A K K
K K
A A
L
L
where Le,#,i denotes the number of 2:8P81;s used for the iFth 2:T71 in the first frame used for transmittin the data
and Nslots,# is the number of non 8TL slots in the first frame used for transmittin the data.
7or the iFth 2:T71- the unDuanti(ed ain factor ed, k,i,u% for the kFth 2:8P81; (denoted 2:8P81;" in H3I subclause
9.*.,.3) shall be set to
i C ed - -
* if the spreadin factor for 2:8P81;" is * and to
i C ed - -

otherwise.
Euanti(ation may be applied as followsF
: 7or 2:T71% smaller than or eDual to !T"C#ec,$oost -
- %f ed ,k,i,u%<c,C,j is less than the smallest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.* in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3- then the
ain factor of 2:8P81;"- ed,k is set such that ed,k<c,C,j is the smallest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.* in H3I
subclause 9.*.,.3.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! 3* Release "
- Otherwise- ed,k is set such that ed,k<c,C,j is the larest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.* in H3I subclause
9.*.,.3- for which the condition ed,k ed, k,i,u% holds.
: 7or 2:T71% reater than !T"C#ec,$oost -
- %f ed,k,i,u%<c,C,j is less than the smallest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.*0 in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3- then
the ain factor of 2:8P81;"- ed,k is set such that ed,k<c,C,j is the smallest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.*0 in H3I
subclause 9.*.,.3.
- Otherwise- ed,k is set such that ed,k<c,C,j is the larest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.*0 in H3I subclause
9.*.,.3- for which the condition ed,k ed,k,i,u% holds.
%f Duanti(ation is not applied- ed,k shall be set to ed, k,i,u%(
Mhen the 2:81; TT% is ,+msec and the current frame is not compressed- but is a retransmission for which the
correspondin first transmission was compressed- the ain factor used for the kFth 2:8P81; for the iFth 2:T71 is
derived from ed,R,i as followsF
%f 2:8P81; power e'trapolation formula is confiured

,
_

*+
- -
-
- -
-
- - -
,+
,>
har%
# slots ref e
i e
i # e
ref e
ref ed i R ed
N K
K
L
L

2lse if 2:8P81; power interpolation formula is confiured
( )

,
_

,
_

,
_

*+
-
*
, - - , - - -
, - - * - -
*
, - -
*
* - -
, - -
* - -
- -
, - -
- -
,+
,>
har%
# slots
ref ed ref e i e
ref e ref e
ref ed ref ed
ref e
ref e
i # e
ref e
i R ed
N
K K
K K
L
L
L
L

with the e'ception that ed,R,i is set to + if

( ) +
*
, - - , - - -
, - - * - -
*
, - -
*
* - -
, - -
* - -
+

,
_

ref ed ref e i e
ref e ref e
ref ed ref ed
ref e
ref e
K K
K K
L
L

where ed,ref -ed,ref,*, - ed,ref-*- Le,ref, Ke,ref- Ke,i ,L,e,ref,* , Le,ref,& , Ke,ref,* and Ke,ref,& are as defined in subclause >.,.*.>0.*.3 - harD is
as defined in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3- and Le,#,i and Nslots,# are as defined above.
7or the iFth 2:T71- the unDuanti(ed ain factor ed, k,i,u% for the kFth 2:8P81; (denoted 2:8P81;" in H3I subclause
9.*.,.3) shall be set to
i R ed - -
* if the spreadin factor for 2:8P81;" is * and to
i R ed - -

otherwise.
Euanti(ation may be applied as followsF
: 7or 2:T71% smaller than or eDual to !T"C#ec,$oost -
- %f ed, k,i,u%<c is less than the smallest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.* in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3- then the
ain factor of 2:8P81;"- ed,k is set such that ed,k<c is the smallest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.* in H3I
subclause 9.*.,.3.
- Otherwise- ed,k is set such that ed,k<c is the larest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.* in H3I subclause
9.*.,.3- for which the condition ed,k ed, k,i,u% holds.
: 7or 2:T71% reater than !T"C#ec,$oost -
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! 3& Release "
- %f ed,k,i,u%<c is less than the smallest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.*0 in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3- then the
ain factor of 2:8P81;"- ed,k is set such that ed,k<c is the smallest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.*0 in H3I
subclause 9.*.,.3.
- Otherwise- ed,k is set such that ed,k<c is the larest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.*0 in H3I subclause
9.*.,.3- for which the condition ed,k ed,k,i,u% holds.
%f Duanti(ation is not applied- ed,k shall be set to ed, k,i,u%.
5.1.2.5, Se!!i(4 o5 !&e %li(; 6P,,9 4ai( 5a$!or 3&e( (o 6P6,9 i" $o(5i4red
%n the case that no 8P81; is confiured- the ain factor c is eDual to ,. 8urin a compressed frame- the ain factor
c,C,j is also eDual to ,.
5.1.2.6 Ma0i88 a(d 8i(i88 %o3er li8i!"
Mhen 2:81; is not confiured- in the case that the total 32 transmit power (after applyin 8P11; power adjustments
and ain factors) would e'ceed the ma'imum allowed value- the 32 shall apply additional scalin to the total transmit
power so that it is eDual to the ma'imum allowed power. This additional scalin shall be such that the power ratio
between 8P11; and 8P81; and also 8P11; and ;!:8P11; remains as reDuired by sub:clause >.,.*.> and
>.,.*.>..
Mhen 2:81; is confiured on a sinle freDuency or 2:81; is confiured on multiple freDuencies but
!econdary=281;=1ell=.ctive is +-
: %f the total 32 transmit power (after applyin 8P11; power adjustments and ain factors) would e'ceed the
ma'imum allowed value- the 32 shall firstly reduce all the 2:8P81; ain factors ed,k by an eDual scalin factor to
respective values ed,k,reduced so that the total transmit power would be eDual to the ma'imum allowed power.
: .lso if !T"C#i is reater than !T"C#ec,$oost- 32 shall reduce only 2:8P81; ain factors to respective values
ed,k,reduced and 2:8P11; is transmitted usin oriinal ec which is not recalculated accordin to the reduced 2:8P81;
ain factors. .fter calculatin the reduced 2:8P81; ain factors- if !T"C#i is smaller than or eDual to !T"C#ec,$oost-
Duanti(ation accordin to table ,0.* in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3 may be applied- or if !T"C#i is reater than !T"C#ec,$oost-
Duanti(ation accordin to table ,0.*0 in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3 may be applied- where each ed,k,reduced is Duanti(ed such
that ed,k+c is the larest Duanti(ed value for which the condition ed,k ed,k,reduced holds. %n case a 8P81; is confiured-
if any ed,k,reduced+c is less than the smallest Duanti(ed value of Table ,0.* in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3- 8TL may be used on
that 2:8P81; (2:8P11; is- however still transmitted usin ec). %n case no 8P81; is confiured and reardless of
the applied uplin" modulation- if any ed,k,reduced+c is less than ed,k,reduced,min <c- that ed,k shall be set to ed,k,min such that
ed,k,min+c O min (ed,k,reduced,min <c- ed,k,ori,inal+c)- where ed,k,ori,inal denotes the 2:8P81; ain factor before reduction and
ed,k,reduced,min is confiurable by hiher layers.
: %n the followin cases- the 32 shall then apply additional scalin to the total transmit power so that it is eDual to the
ma'imum allowed powerF
: if a 8P81; is confiured and the total 32 transmit power would still e'ceed the ma'imum allowed value
even thouh 8TL is used on all 2:8P81;sG
: if no 8P81; is confiured and the total 32 transmit power would still e'ceed the ma'imum allowed value
even thouh ed,k is eDual to ed,k,min for all k.
: .ny additional scalin of the total transmit power as described above shall be such that the power ratio between
8P11; and 8P81;- between 8P11; and ;!:8P11;- and between 8P11; and 2:8P11;- remains as reDuired by
sub:clauses >.,.*.>- >.,.*.>. and >.,.*.>0.,- and such that the power ratio between each 2:8P81; and 8P11;
remains as reDuired by ed,k,min+c if 8TL is not used on 2:8P81;. .ny slot:level scalin of ed or 8TL of 2:8P81;
as described above is applied at layer , only and is transparent to hiher layers.
Mhen !econdary=281;=1ell=.ctive is ,-
: %f the total 32 transmit power (after applyin 8P11; power adjustments and ain factors) would e'ceed the
ma'imum allowed value- the 32 shall start by reducin all the 2:8P81; ain factors ed,k on the freDuency
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! 3# Release "
with hihest 8P11; power by an eDual scalin factor to respective values ed,k,reduced so that the total transmit
power would be eDual to the ma'imum allowed power.
: .lso if !T"C#i is reater than !T"C#ec,$oost- 32 shall reduce only 2:8P81; ain factors to respective values
ed,k,reduced and 2:8P11; is transmitted usin oriinal ec which is not recalculated accordin to the reduced 2:
8P81; ain factors. .fter calculatin the reduced 2:8P81; ain factors- if !T"C#i is smaller than or eDual
to !T"C#ec,$oost- Duanti(ation accordin to table ,0.* in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3 may be applied- or if !T"C#i is
reater than !T"C#ec,$oost- Duanti(ation accordin to table ,0.*0 in H3I subclause 9.*.,.3 may be applied-
where each ed,k,reduced is Duanti(ed such that ed,k+c is the larest Duanti(ed value for which the condition
ed,k ed,k,reduced holds.
: %f ed,k,reduced+c is less than ed,k,reduced,min <c then ed,k shall be set to ed,k,min such that ed,k,min+c O min
(ed,k,reduced,min <c- ed,k,ori,inal+c)- where ed,k,ori,inal denotes the 2:8P81; ain factor before reduction and
ed,k,reduced,min is individually confiured by hiher layers for each freDuency.
: The 32 shall then apply the same procedure on the uplin" freDuency with second hihest 8P11; power.
: %f ed,k,min+c O min (ed,k,reduced,min <c- ed,k,ori,inal+c) for all activated uplin" freDuencies- any additional scalin of
the total transmit power shall be such that
: the power ratio between 8P11; and ;!:8P11;- and between 8P11; and 2:8P11;- for each
activated uplin" freDuency remains as reDuired by sub:clauses >.,.*.>- >.,.*.>. and >.,.*.>0.,- and such
that the power ratio between each 2:8P81; and 8P11; remains as reDuired by ed,k,min+c and
: the power ratio between 8P11; on the activated freDuencies remains unchaned.
.ny scalin- and any reduction in the 2:8P81; ain factor as described above- shall only be applied or chaned at a
8P11; slot boundary. %n order that the total 32 transmit power does not e'ceed the ma'imum allowed value the
scalin or 2:8P81; ain factor reduction shall be computed usin the ma'imum ;!:8P11; power transmitted in the
ne't 8P11; slot. %n the case that either an .1$ or a &.1$ transmission will start durin the ne't 8P11; slot- the
ma'imum ;!:8P11; power shall be computed usin one of the followinF
(a) whichever of .1$ and &.1$ will be used accordin to whether the transmission will be .1$ or &.1$- or
(b) whichever of .1$ and &.1$ is the larest.
Mhen transmittin on a 8P1; the 32 is not reDuired to be capable of reducin its total transmit power below the
minimum level reDuired in HAI. ;owever- it may do so- provided that the power ratio between 8P11; and 8P81; and
also between 8P11; and ;!:8P11; remains as specified in sub clause >.,.*.> and >.,.*.>.. !ome further
reulations also apply as followsF %n the case that the total 32 transmit power (after applyin 8P11; power
adjustments and ain factors) would be at or below the total transmit power in the previously transmitted slot and also at
or below the reDuired minimum power specified in HAI- the 32 may apply additional scalin to the total transmit power-
subject to the followin restrictionsF
: The total transmit power after applyin any additional scalin shall not e'ceed the reDuired minimum power- nor
the total transmit power in the previously transmitted slotG
: The manitude of any reduction in total transmit power between slots after applyin any additional scalin shall
not e'ceed the manitude of the calculated power reduction before the additional scalin.
%n the case that the total 32 transmit power in the previously transmitted slot is at or below the reDuired minimum
power specfied in HAI and the 8P11; power adjustment and ain factors for the current slot would result in an increase
in total power- then no additional scalin shall be used (i.e. power control shall operate as normal).
%f the 32 applies any additional scalin to the total transmit power as described above- this scalin shall be included in
the computation of any 8P11; power adjustments to be applied in the ne't transmitted slot.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! 33 Release "
5.1.3 Void
5.2 6o3(li(; %o3er $o(!rol
The transmit power of the downlin" channels is determined by the networ". %n eneral the ratio of the transmit power
between different downlin" channels is not specified and may chane with time. ;owever- reulations e'ist as
described in the followin subclauses.
;iher layer power settins shall be interpreted as settin of the total power- i.e. the sum of the power from the two
antennas in case of transmit diversity.
5.2.1 6P,,926P6,92*-6P,9
5.2.1.1 Ge(eral
The downlin" transmit power control procedure controls simultaneously the power of a 8P11; and its correspondin
8P81;s. The power control loop adjusts the power of the 8P11; and 8P81;s with the same amount- i.e. the
relative power difference between the 8P11; and 8P81;s is not chaned. %n case of 7:8P1;- the power control loop
adjusts the 7:8P1; power. %f multiple freDuencies are activated in the uplin"- then the downlin" transmit power control
procedure shall be followed independently for each associated downlin" freDuency.
7or 8P1;- the relative transmit power offset between 8P11; fields and 8P81;s is determined by the networ". The
T71%- TP1 and pilot fields of the 8P11; are offset relative to the 8P81;s power by PO,- PO* and PO3 d0
respectively. The power offsets may vary in time. The method for controllin the power offsets within 3T/.& is
specified in H?I. The power offsets PO,- PO* and PO3 do not apply to 7:8P1;.
5.2.1.2 <rdi(ary !ra("8i! %o3er $o(!rol
5.2.1.2.1 U- )e&a7ior
The 32 shall enerate TP1 commands to control the networ" transmit power and send them in the TP1 field of the
uplin" 8P11;. .n e'ample on how to derive the TP1 commands in iven in .nne' 0.*.
The 32 shall chec" the downlin" power control mode (8P1=MO82) before eneratin the TP1 commandF
: if 8P1=MO82 O + F the 32 sends a uniDue TP1 command in each slot and the TP1 command enerated is
transmitted in the first available TP1 field in the uplin" 8P11;. %n case uplin" 8P11; slot format Y9 is used
then 32 may delay transmittin enerated TP1 command to the ne't available TP1 field
: if 8P1=MO82 O , F the 32 repeats the same TP1 command over 3 slots and the new TP1 command is
transmitted such that there is a new command at the beinnin of the frame- unless 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is
T/32- in which case the 32 shall behave as for 8P1=MO82O+.
The 8P1=MO82 parameter is a 32 specific parameter controlled by the 3T/.&.
The 32 shall not ma"e any assumptions on how the downlin" power is set by 3T/.&- in order to not prohibit usae of
other 3T/.& power control alorithms than what is defined in subclause >.*.,.*.*.
5.2.1.2.1.1 *-6P,9 Bali!y !ar4e! $o(!rol
The 3T/.& sets a Duality taret for the 7:8P1;. The 32 autonomously sets a !%/ taret value and adjusts it in order
to achieve the same Duality as the Duality taret set by 3T/.&. The Duality taret is set as a downlin" TP1 command
error rate taret value for the 7:8P1; belonin to the radio lin" from the ;!:8!1; servin cell as sinalled by the
3T/.&. The 32 shall set the !%/ taret when the 7:8P1; has been setup or reconfiured. %t shall not increase the !%/
taret value before the power control has convered on the current value. The 32 may estimate whether the power
control has convered on the current value- by comparin the averaed measured !%/ to the !%/ taret value. Mhen
35=8TL=.ctive is T/32- the 32 shall inore in the !%/ taret value adjustment any TP1 commands received in 7:
8P1; slot startin durin an uplin" 8P11; slot which is in an uplin" 8P11; transmission ap.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! 3' Release "
5.2.1.2.2 UTR'+ )e&a7ior
3pon receivin the TP1 commands 3T/.& shall adjust its downlin" 8P11;<8P81; or 7:8P1; power accordinly.
7or 8P1=MO82 O +- and for 8P1=MO82O, if 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is T/32-3T/.& shall estimate the
transmitted TP1 command TP1est to be + or ,- and shall update the power every transmitted slot. %f 8P1=MO82 O ,
and 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is 7.5!2- 3T/.& shall estimate the transmitted TP1 command TP1est over three slots
to be + or ,- and shall update the power every three slots.
.fter estimatin the kFth TP1 command- 3T/.& shall adjust the current downlin" power P(k:,) Hd0I to a new power
P(k) Hd0I accordin to the followin formulaF
P(k) O P(k : ,) U PTPC(k) U P$al(k)-
where PTPC(k) is the kFth power adjustment due to the inner loop power control- and P$al(k) Hd0I is a correction
accordin to the downlin" power control procedure for balancin radio lin" powers towards a common reference power.
The power balancin procedure and control of the procedure is described in H?I.
PTPC(k) is calculated accordin to the followin.
%f the value of Limited Po-er #ncrease .sed parameter is #&ot used#- then

'

+ ) ( TP1 if Z
, ) ( TP1 if Z
) ( P
est TP1
est TP1
TP1
k
k
k - Hd0I. (,)
%f the value of Limited Po-er #ncrease .sed parameter is #3sed#- then the k/th inner loop power adjustment shall be
calculated asF

'

+
< +

+

+ ) ( TP1 if
e=5imit Power=/ais ) ( and , ) ( TP1 if
e=5imit Power=/ais ) ( and , ) ( TP1 if
+ ) (
est
est
est
k
k k
k k
k P
TPC sum
TPC sum
TPC
TPC
TPC
- Hd0I (*)
where

,
indow=!i(e verain=M 85=Power=.
) ( ) (
k
k i
TPC sum
i P k
is the temporary sum of the last 0L_Po-er_Avera,in,_1indo-_2i3e inner loop power adjustments (in d0).
7or the first (0L_Po-er_Avera,in,_1indo-_2i3e K ,) adjustments after the activation of the limited power increase
method- formula (,) shall be used instead of formula (*). Po-er_Raise_Limit and 0L_Po-er_Avera,in,_1indo-_2i3e
are parameters confiured in the 3T/.&.
The power control step si(e TP1 can ta"e four valuesF +.>- ,- ,.> or * d0. %t is mandatory for 3T/.& to support TP1 of
, d0- while support of other step si(es is optional.
%n addition to the above described formulas on how the downlin" power is updated- the restrictions below apply.
%n case of conestion (commanded power not available)- 3T/.& may disreard the TP1 commands from the 32.
The averae power of transmitted 8P81; symbols over one timeslot shall not e'ceed Ma'imum=85=Power (d0)- nor
shall it be below Minimum=85=Power (d0). Transmitted 8P81; symbol means here a comple' EP!$ symbol before
spreadin which does not contain 8TL. Ma'imum=85=Power (d0) and Minimum=85=Power (d0) are power limits
for one channelisation code- relative to the primary 1P%1; power H?I.
%n case of 7:8P1;- the power of the transmitted symbol over one timeslot for a iven 32 shall not e'ceed
Ma'imum=85=Power (d0)- nor shall it be below Minimum=85=Power (d0). Transmitted symbol means here a
comple' EP!$ symbol before spreadin which does not contain 8TL.
%n the case that 35=8TL=.ctive is T/32 (see section ?1)- if no uplin" TP1 command is received due to 3plin"
8P11; burst pattern ap as defined in subclause ?1.*.,- PTPC4k5 derived by the &ode 0 shall be set to (ero.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! 3$ Release "
5.2.1.3 Po3er $o(!rol i( $o8%re""ed 8ode
The aim of downlin" power control in uplin" or<and downlin" compressed mode is to recover as fast as possible a
sinal:to:interference ratio (!%/) close to the taret !%/ after each transmission ap.
The 32 behaviour is the same in compressed mode as in normal mode- described in subclause >.*.,.*- e'cept that the
taret !%/ for a 8P1; is offset by hiher layer sinallin. ;owever due to transmission aps in uplin" compressed
frames there may be incomplete sets of TP1 commands when 8P1=MO82O,.
3T/.& behaviour is as stated in section >.*.,.*.* e'cept for 8P1=MO82 O , where missin TP1 commands in the
35 may lead the 3T/.& to chanin its power more freDuently than every 3 slots.
%n compressed mode- compressed frames may occur in either the uplin" or the downlin" or both. %n downlin"
compressed frames- the transmission of downlin" 8P81;(s)- 8P11; and 7:8P1; shall be stopped durin
transmission aps.
The power of the 8P11; and 8P81; in the first slot after the transmission ap- or the power of the 7:8P1; in the
first slot after the transmission ap- should be set to the same value as in the slot just before the transmission ap.
8urin compressed mode e'cept durin downlin" transmission aps- 3T/.& shall estimate the kFth TP1 command
and adjust the current downlin" power P(k:,) Hd0I to a new power P(k) Hd0I accordin to the followin formulaF
P(k) O P(k : ,) U PTPC(k) U P2#R4k5 U P$al(k)-
where PTPC(k) is the kFth power adjustment due to the inner loop power control- P2#R4k5 is the ":th power adjustment due
to the downlin" taret !%/ variation- and P$al(k) Hd0I is a correction accordin to the downlin" power control procedure
for balancin radio lin" powers towards a common reference power. The power balancin procedure and control of the
procedure is described in H?I.
8ue to transmission aps in uplin" compressed frames- there may be missin TP1 commands in the uplin".
7or 8P1=MO82 O +- and for 8P1=MO82O, if 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is T/32- if no uplin" TP1 command is
received- PTPC4k5 derived by the &ode 0 shall be set to (ero. Otherwise- PTPC(k) is calculated the same way as in normal
mode (see sub:clause >.*.,.*.*) but with a step si(e !T2P instead of TP1.
7or 8P1=MO82 O , if 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is 7.5!2- the sets of slots over which the TP1 commands are
processed shall remain alined to the frame boundaries in the compressed frame. %f this results in an incomplete set of
TP1 commands- the 32 shall transmit the same TP1 commands in all slots of the incomplete set.
The power control step si(e !T2P O /P:TP1 durin /P5 slots after each transmission ap and !T2P O TP1 otherwise-
whereF
: /P5 is the recovery period lenth and is e'pressed as a number of slots. /P5 is eDual to the minimum value out
of the transmission ap lenth and A slots. %f a transmission ap or an 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern ap as
defined in subclause ?1.* is scheduled to start before /P5 slots have elapsed- then the recovery period shall end
at the start of the ap- and the value of /P5 shall be reduced accordinly.
: /P:TP1 is called the recovery power control step si(e and is e'pressed in d0. /P:TP1 is eDual to the minimum
value of 3 d0 and *TP1.
7or 7:8P1;- P2#R(k) O 0.
7or 8P1;- the power offset P2#R(k) O Pcurr : Pprev- where Pcurr and Pprev are respectively the value of P in the current
slot and the most recently transmitted slot and P is computed as followsF
P O ma' (P,=compression- R- Pn=compression) U P,=codin U P*=codin
where n is the number of different TT% lenths amonst TT%s of all Tr1hs of the 11Tr1h- where P,=codin and
P*=codin are computed from uplin" parameters 8elta!%/,- 8elta!%/*- 8elta!%/after,- 8elta!%/after* sinaled by
hiher layers asF
: P,=codin O 8elta!%/, if the start of the first transmission ap in the transmission ap pattern is within the
current frame and 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is 7.5!2.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! 3, Release "
: P,=codin O 8elta!%/after, if the current frame just follows a frame containin the start of the first
transmission ap in the transmission ap pattern and 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is 7.5!2.
: P*=codin O 8elta!%/* if the start of the second transmission ap in the transmission ap pattern is within the
current frame and 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is 7.5!2.
: P*=codin O 8elta!%/after* if the current frame just follows a frame containin the start of the second
transmission ap in the transmission ap pattern and 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is 7.5!2.
: P,=codin O + d0 and P*=codin O + d0 in all other cases.
and Pi=compression is defined by F
: Pi=compression O 3 d0 for downlin" frames compressed by reducin the spreadin factor by *.
: Pi=compression O + d0 in all other cases.
%n case several compressed mode patterns are used simultaneously- a P offset is computed for each compressed mode
pattern and the sum of all P offsets is applied to the frame.
7or all time slots e'cept those in transmissions aps- the averae power of transmitted 8P81; symbols over one
timeslot shall not e'ceed Ma'imum=85=Power (d0) by more than Pcurr- nor shall it be below Minimum=85=Power
(d0). Transmitted 8P81; symbol means here a comple' EP!$ symbol before spreadin which does not contain 8TL.
Ma'imum=85=Power (d0) and Minimum=85=Power (d0) are power limits for one channelisation code- relative to the
primary 1P%1; power H?I.
7or 7:8P1;- for all time slots e'cept those in transmissions aps the power of the transmitted symbol over one timeslot
for a iven 32 shall not e'ceed Ma'imum=85=Power (d0)- nor shall it be below Minimum=85=Power (d0).
Transmitted symbol means here a comple' EP!$ symbol before spreadin which does not contain 8TL.
5.2.1.4 Void
5.2.2 Void
5.2.3 Void
5.2.4 '=,9
The 32 is informed about the relative transmit power of the .%s (measured as the power per transmitted acDuisition
indicator) and the relative transmit power of the 2.%s (measured as the power per transmitted e'tended acDuisition
indicator)- both compared to the primary 1P%1; transmit power by the hiher layers.
5.2.5 P=,9
The 32 is informed about the relative transmit power of the P%1; (measured as the power over the pain indicators)
compared to the primary 1P%1; transmit power by the hiher layers.
5.2.6 S-,,P,9
The T71% and pilot fields may be offset relative to the power of the data field. The power offsets may vary in time.
7or M0!7& 7.1; transmission with ,?E.M- the 32 is informed about the relative transmit power of the !:11P1;
(measured as the power of the transmitted data of !:11P1;) compared to the primary 1P%1; transmit power by the
hiher layers.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! 3- Release "
5.2.1 Void
5.2.8 Void
5.2.9 Void
5.2.10 9S-S,,9
The ;!:!11; power control is under the control of the node 0. %t may e.. follow the power control commands sent by
the 32 to the node 0 or any other power control procedure applied by the node 0.
5.2.11 9S-P6S,9
The ;!:P8!1; power control is under the control of the node 0. Mhen the ;!:P8!1; is transmitted usin ,?E.M
or ?9E.M- the 32 may assume that the power is "ept constant durin the correspondin ;!:8!1; subframe.
%n case of multiple ;!:P8!1; transmission to one 32- all the ;!:P8!1;s intended for that 32 shall be transmitted
with eDual power.
The sum of the powers used by all ;!:P8!1;s- ;!:!11;s- 2:.G1;s- 2:/G1;s and 2:;%1;s in a cell shall not
e'ceed the value of 62!P02C6, 62!2CC6, !A7C6, !R7C6 and !6#C6 Total Po-er if sinaled by hiher layers
H?I.
5.2.12 --'G,9
The 2:.G1; power control is under the control of the node 0. %t may e.. follow the power control commands sent by
the 32 to the node 0 or any other power control procedure applied by the node 0.
5.2.13 --9=,9
The 2:;%1; power control is under the control of the node 0. %t may e.. follow the power control commands sent by
the 32 to the node 0 or any other power control procedure applied by the node 0.
5.2.14 --RG,9
The 2:/G1; power control is under the control of the node 0. %t may e.. follow the power control commands sent by
the 32 to the node 0 or any other power control procedure applied by the node 0.
5.2.15 M=,9
The 32 is informed about the relative transmit power of the M%1; (measured as the power over the notification
indicators) compared to the primary 1P%1; transmit power by the hiher layers.
5.2.16 S-,P=,9
%n case the 32 is confiured in M%MO mode- and !:1P%1; is used as a phase reference for a second transmit antenna-
the 32 is informed about the relative transmit power of the !:1P%1; compared to the primary 1P%1; transmit power
by the hiher layers.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! 3) Release "
6 Ra(do8 a$$e"" %ro$edre
6.1 P&y"i$al ra(do8 a$$e"" %ro$edre
The physical random access procedure described in this subclause is initiated upon reDuest from the M.1 sublayer (cf.
HCI).
0efore the physical random:access procedure can be initiated- 5ayer , shall receive the followin information from the
hiher layers (//1)F
: The preamble scramblin code.
: The messae lenth in time- either ,+ or *+ ms.
: The .%1;=Transmission=Timin parameter H+ or ,I.
: The set of available sinatures and the set of available /.1; sub:channels for each .ccess !ervice 1lass
(.!1). !ub:channels are defined in subclause ?.,.,.
: The power:rampin factor Power /amp !tep Hinteer P +I.
: The parameter Preamble /etrans Ma' Hinteer P +I.
: The initial preamble power Preamble=%nitial=Power.
: The Power offset P p:m O Pmessae:control K Ppreamble- measured in d0- between the power of the last transmitted
preamble and the control part of the random:access messae.
: The set of Transport 7ormat parameters. This includes the power offset between the data part and the control part
of the random:access messae for each Transport 7ormat.
&ote that the above parameters may be updated from hiher layers before each physical random access procedure is
initiated.
.t each initiation of the physical random access procedure- 5ayer , shall receive the followin information from the
hiher layers (M.1)F
: The Transport 7ormat to be used for the P/.1; messae part.
: The .!1 of the P/.1; transmission.
: The data to be transmitted (Transport 0loc" !et).
The physical random:access procedure shall be performed as followsF
, 8erive the available uplin" access slots- in the ne't full access slot set- for the set of available /.1; sub:
channels within the iven .!1 with the help of subclauses ?.,.,. and ?.,.*. /andomly select one access slot
amon the ones previously determined. %f there is no access slot available in the selected set- randomly select one
uplin" access slot correspondin to the set of available /.1; sub:channels within the iven .!1 from the ne't
access slot set. The random function shall be such that each of the allowed selections is chosen with eDual
probability.
* /andomly select a sinature from the set of available sinatures within the iven .!1. The random function
shall be such that each of the allowed selections is chosen with eDual probability.
3 !et the Preamble /etransmission 1ounter to Preamble /etrans Ma'.
9 %f the Preamble=%nitial=Power is below the minimum level reDuired in HAI- set the 1ommanded Preamble Power
to a value- which shall be at or above the Preamble=%nitial=Power and at or below the reDuired minimum power
specified in HAI. Otherwise set the parameter 1ommanded Preamble Power to Preamble=%nitial=Power.
> %n the case that the 1ommanded Preamble Power e'ceeds the ma'imum allowed value- set the preamble
transmission power to the ma'imum allowed power. %n the case that the 1ommanded Preamble Power is below
the minimum level reDuired in HAI- set the preamble transmission power to a value- which shall be at or above the
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! 3" Release "
1ommanded Preamble Power and at or below the reDuired minimum power specified in HAI. Otherwise set the
preamble transmission power to the 1ommanded Preamble Power. Transmit a preamble usin the selected uplin"
access slot- sinature- and preamble transmission power.
? %f no positive or neative acDuisition indicator (.% U, nor K,) correspondin to the selected sinature is
detected in the downlin" access slot correspondin to the selected uplin" access slotF
?., !elect the ne't available access slot in the set of available /.1; sub:channels within the iven .!1.
?.* /andomly select a new sinature from the set of available sinatures within the iven .!1. The random
function shall be such that each of the allowed selections is chosen with eDual probability.
?.3 %ncrease the 1ommanded Preamble Power by P+ O Power /amp !tep Hd0I. %f the 1ommanded Preamble
Power e'ceeds the ma'imum allowed power by ?d0- the 32 may pass 5, status (J&o ac" on .%1;J) to the
hiher layers (M.1) and e'it the physical random access procedure.
?.9 8ecrease the Preamble /etransmission 1ounter by one.
?.> %f the Preamble /etransmission 1ounter P + then repeat from step >. Otherwise pass 5, status (J&o ac" on
.%1;J) to the hiher layers (M.1) and e'it the physical random access procedure.
A %f a neative acDuisition indicator correspondin to the selected sinature is detected in the downlin" access slot
correspondin to the selected uplin" access slot- pass 5, status (J&ac" on .%1; receivedJ) to the hiher layers
(M.1) and e'it the physical random access procedure.
B Transmit the random access messae three or four uplin" access slots after the uplin" access slot of the last
transmitted preamble dependin on the .%1; transmission timin parameter. Transmission power of the control
part of the random access messae should be P p:m Hd0I hiher than the power of the last transmitted preamble.
Transmission power of the data part of the random access messae is set accordin to subclause >.,.,.*.
C Pass 5, status J/.1; messae transmittedJ to the hiher layers and e'it the physical random access procedure.
6.1.1 R',9 ")-$&a((el"
. /.1; sub:channel defines a sub:set of the total set of uplin" access slots. There are a total of ,* /.1; sub:
channels. /.1; sub:channel Yi (i O +- R- ,,) consists of the followin uplin" access slotsF
: 3plin" access slot Yi leadin by p:a chips the downlin" access slot Yi contained within the ,+ ms interval that is
time alined with P:11P1; frames for which !7& mod B O + or !7& mod B O ,.
: 2very ,*
th
access slot relative to this access slot.
The access slots of different /.1; sub:channels are also illustrated in Table A.
Ta1le -/ The a4aila1le uplink access slots for different RA56 su1+channels
S*+ 8odlo 8 o5
$orre"%o(di(4 P-
,,P,9 5ra8e
Su1+channel nu31er
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 8 9 10 11
0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 1
1 12 13 14 8 9 10 11
2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 1
3 9 10 11 12 13 14 8
4 6 1 0 1 2 3 4 5
5 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
6 3 4 5 6 1 0 1 2
1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! '* Release "
6.1.2 R',9 a$$e"" "lo! "e!"
The P/.1; contains two sets of access slots as shown in 7iure *. .ccess slot set , contains P/.1; slots + K A and
starts p:a chips before the downlin" P:11P1; frame for which !7& mod * O +. .ccess slot set * contains P/.1; slots
B : ,9 and starts (p:a K*>?+) chips before the downlin" P:11P1; frame for which !7& mod * O ,.
'=,9 a$$e""
"lo!"
10 8"
C0 C1 C2 C3 C14 C13 C12 C11 C10 C9 C8 C1 C6 C5 C4

%-a
C0 C1 C2 C3 C14 C13 C12 C11 C10 C9 C8 C1 C6 C5 C4
PR',9
a$$e"" "lo!"
S*+ 8od 2 @ 0 S*+ 8od 2 @ 1
10 8"
'$$e"" "lo! "e! 1 '$$e"" "lo! "e! 2
Fi.ure #/ PRA56 access slot and downlink A256 relation (p+a 7 -,)* chips!
6.1' P&y"i$al ra(do8 a$$e"" %ro$edre 5or -(&a($ed U%li(; i(
,-##>*',9 "!a!e a(d =6#- 8ode
The physical random access procedure described in this subclause is initiated upon reDuest from the M.1 sublayer (cf.
HCI).
0efore the physical random:access procedure can be initiated- 5ayer , shall receive the followin information from the
hiher layers (//1)F
: The preamble scramblin code.
: The .%1;=Transmission=Timin parameter H+ or ,I.
: The set of available sinatures and the set of available /.1; sub:channels correspondin to 2:81; resources
for each .ccess !ervice 1lass (.!1). !ub:channels are defined in subclause ?.,.,.
: The total number of 2:81; resources confiured in the cell.
: The power:rampin factor Power /amp !tep Hinteer P +I.
: The parameter Preamble /etrans Ma' Hinteer P +I.
: The initial preamble power Preamble=%nitial=Power.
: The Power offset Pp:e O Pdpcch K Ppreamble- measured in d0- between the power of the last transmitted preamble and
the initial 8P11; transmission power.
: The number of TT%s in which only the uplin" 8P11; is sent before the 2:81; transmission may start
&ote that the above parameters may be updated from hiher layers before each physical random access procedure is
initiated.
.t each initiation of the physical random access procedure- 5ayer , shall receive the followin information from the
hiher layers (M.1)F
: The .!1 of the P/.1; transmission.
The physical random:access procedure shall be performed as followsF
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! '& Release "
, 8erive the available uplin" access slots- in the ne't full access slot set- for the set of available /.1; sub:
channels within the iven .!1 with the help of subclauses ?.,.,. and ?.,.*. /andomly select one access slot
amon the ones previously determined. %f there is no access slot available in the selected set- randomly select one
uplin" access slot correspondin to the set of available /.1; sub:channels within the iven .!1 from the ne't
access slot set. The random function shall be such that each of the allowed selections is chosen with eDual
probability.
* /andomly select a sinature from the set of available sinatures within the iven .!1. The random function
shall be such that each of the allowed selections is chosen with eDual probability.
3 !et the Preamble /etransmission 1ounter to Preamble /etrans Ma'.
9 %f the Preamble=%nitial=Power is below the minimum level reDuired in HAI- set the 1ommanded Preamble Power
to a value- which shall be at or above the Preamble=%nitial=Power and at or below the reDuired minimum power
specified in HAI. Otherwise set the parameter 1ommanded Preamble Power to Preamble=%nitial=Power.
> %n the case that the 1ommanded Preamble Power e'ceeds the ma'imum allowed value- set the preamble
transmission power to the ma'imum allowed power. %n the case that the 1ommanded Preamble Power is below
the minimum level reDuired in HAI- set the preamble transmission power to a value- which shall be at or above the
1ommanded Preamble Power and at or below the reDuired minimum power specified in HAI. Otherwise set the
preamble transmission power to the 1ommanded Preamble Power. Transmit a preamble usin the selected uplin"
access slot- sinature- and preamble transmission power.
? %f no positive or neative acDuisition indicator (.% U, nor K,) correspondin to the selected sinature is
detected in the downlin" access slot correspondin to the selected uplin" access slotF
?., !elect the ne't available access slot in the set of available /.1; sub:channels within the iven .!1.
?.* /andomly select a new sinature from the set of available sinatures within the iven .!1. The random
function shall be such that each of the allowed selections is chosen with eDual probability.
?.3 %ncrease the 1ommanded Preamble Power by P+ O Power /amp !tep Hd0I. %f the 1ommanded Preamble
Power e'ceeds the ma'imum allowed power by ?d0- the 32 may pass 5, status (J&o ac" on .%1;J) to the
hiher layers (M.1) and e'it the physical random access procedure.
?.9 8ecrease the Preamble /etransmission 1ounter by one.
?.> %f the Preamble /etransmission 1ounter P + then repeat from step >. Otherwise pass 5, status (J&o ac" on
.%1;J) to the hiher layers (M.1) and e'it the physical random access procedure.
A %f a neative acDuisition indicator on .%1; correspondin to the selected sinature is detected in the downlin"
access slot correspondin to the selected uplin" access slot.
A., %f no 2'tended .cDuisition %ndicator sinature set is confiured in the cell- pass 5, status (S&ac" on .%1;
receivedT) to the hiher layers (M.1) and e'it the physical random access procedure.
A.* %f an 2'tended .cDuisition %ndicator sinature set is confiured in the cell- detect which one of the defined
2'tended .cDuisition %ndicator sinatures is present.
A.*., %f the detected 2'tended .cDuisition %ndicator sinature and modulation symbol corresponds to
[&.1$\ as defined in H,I- pass 5, status (S&ac" on .%1; receivedT) to the hiher layers (M.1) and e'it
the physical random access procedure.
A.*.* %f the detected 2'tended .cDuisition %ndicator sinature and modulation symbol do not correspond to
[&.1$\- pass 5, status (S.c" on .%1; receivedT) with the correspondin 2:81; resource inde' as
defined in H,I to hiher layers (M.1) and s"ip step B.
B %f a positive acDuisition indicator on .%1; correspondin to the selected sinature is detected in the downlin"
access slot correspondin to the selected uplin" access slot- pass 5, status (S.c" on .%1; receivedT) with the
default 2:81; resource inde' correspondin to the selected sinature as defined in H,I to hiher layers (M.1)-
C !tart transmittin 8P11; (timin as specified in H,I and synchronisation accordin to synchronisation
procedure ..). The initial transmission power of 8P11; prior to startin the 2:81; transmission should be
Pp:e Hd0I hiher than the power of the last transmitted preamble.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! '# Release "
,+ Proceed to transmittin 2:8P11; and 2:8P81; as instructed by M.1 layer after the defined number of TT%s
of 8P11; only transmission has passed.
6.2 Void
6' 9S-6S,9-rela!ed %ro$edre"
6'.1 Ge(eral %ro$edre
!chedulin and transport format selection is controlled by the M.1:hs or M.1:ehs sublayer in the &ode 0 HCI.
The followin parameters are sinalled to the physical layer in the 32 and the &ode 0 from hiher layersF
,) ;!:!11; set to be monitored in the servin ;!:8!1; cell
*) /epetition factor of .1$<&.1$F &=ac"nac"=transmit
3) 1hannel Euality %ndicator (1E%) feedbac" cycle k
9) /epetition factor of 1E%F &=cDi=transmit
>) Measurement power offset
?) !tatus of preamble<postamble transmissionF ;./E=preamble=mode
A) !tatus of ?9E.M confiuration
B) !et of P:1P%1; and<or !:1P%1; (which shall be transmitted on the same scramblin code) that shall be used
for ;!:P8!1; demodulation in case the 32 is confiured in M%MO mode
C) The number N of dynamic sinle<dual 1E% reports out of a seDuence of M 1E% reports in case the 32 is
confiured in M%MO mode (not applicable when sinle:stream restriction is confiured)F N=cDi=type.- M=cDi-
respectively
,+) !et of transport bloc" si(es confiured for ;!:!11;:less operation
,,) !et of ;!:P8!1;s confiured for ;!:!11;:less operation
,*) !tatus variables ;!=!11;=52!!=!T.T3! and 8TL=8/L=!T.T3!
,3) 2nablin=8elay
,9) //1 protocol state (1255=81;- 1255=7.1;- 1255=P1; or 3/.=P1;)
,>) ;:/&T% values (dedicated ;:/&T%- common ;:/&T%- 011; specific ;:/&T%) to be monitored when the 32
is confiured to receive ;!:8!1; in 1255=7.1; or 1255=P1; state
,?) ;!:8!1; pain system information- which includes the followin information when the 32 is confiured to
receive ;!:8!1; in 3/.=P1; state or in 1255=P1; stateF
a. &umber of P11; transmissionsF The number of subframes used to transmit P.G%&G TNP2 , as
defined in H>I.
b. ;!:P8!1; 1hannelisation 1ode confiured for ;!:!11; less pain operation
c. Transport 0loc" !i(eF 5ist of Transport 0loc" !i(es
,A) !tatus of M%MO confiuration
,B) ;!:!11; set to be monitored in a secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell
,C) ;!:!11; set to be monitored in one non:servin cell
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! '3 Release "
*+) !tatus of [!upport for different ;!:!11;s in contiuous TT%s\
%f ;!=!11;=52!!=!T.T3! is T/32 then ;!:!11;=less=modeO,. Otherwise ;!:!11;=less=modeO+.
;!:!11;:less=.ctive shall be set to T/32 while ;!:!11;=less=modeO, and ;!:!11;:less operation is activated.
Otherwise ;!:!11;=less=.ctive shall be set to 7.5!2. ;!:!11;:less operation shall be activated at the time when
;!:!11;=less=mode is set to ,- and may be further deactivated or activated by ;!:!11; orders as specified in H*I.
This ordered deactivation or activation of the ;!:!11;:less operation is applied by the 32 ,* slots after the end of the
;!:!11; subframe deliverin the order.
%f the hiher layers set 8TL=8/L=!T.T3! to T/32 (as described in H>I) then 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is 7.5!2
until 2nablin=8elay radio frames have passed. .fter the hiher layers have set 8TL=8/L=!T.T3! to T/32 (as
described in H>I) and 2nablin=8elay radio frames have passed then 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is T/32. Otherwise
32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is 7.5!2.
%f the 32 is confiured with a secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell- then !econdary=1ell=2nabled is ,- otherwise
!econdary=1ell=2nabled is + and !econdary=1ell=.ctive is +. The secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell shall be activated
at the time when !econdary=1ell=2nabled is chaned from + to ,- or !econdary=1ell=2nabled is , and the hiher
layers indicate a chane of the servin ;!:8!1; cell- and may further be deactivated or activated by ;!:!11; orders
as specified in H*I. !econdary=1ell=.ctive shall be set to , while !econdary=1ell=2nabled is , and the secondary
servin ;!:8!1; cell is activated- otherwise !econdary=1ell=.ctive shall be set to +. %f !econdary=1ell=.ctive is
already eDual to , when the 32 receives an ;!:!11; order for activation of the secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell as
specified in H*I- then the 32 shall not chane the status of !econdary=1ell=.ctive reardin the contents of the order-
but shall transmit the ;./E:.1$ ac"nowledin the ;!:!11; order.
%f the 32 is not confiured with multiple uplin" freDuencies- ;!:!11; ordered deactivation or activation of the
secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell is applied by the 32 ,* slots after the end of the ;!:!11; subframe deliverin the
order- and any transient behaviour related to this chane should ta"e place before this point in time. The correspondin
chane of the ;!:8P11; channel codin scheme as specified in H*I is applied by the 32 at the first ;!:8P11;
subframe boundary after the activation or deactivation has been applied. %f the secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell is
confiured in a band that does not contain the servin ;!:8!1; cell- the ma'imum allowed interruption time for the
primary uplin" freDuency and servin ;!:8!1; cell is , slot and the interrupt shall ta"e place durin the ne't 85 ;!:
!11; slot after the end of the ;!:8P11; slot that contains the ;./E:.1$ information ac"nowledin the ;!:
!11; order.
%f the 32 is confiured with multiple uplin" freDuencies- ;!:!11; ordered deactivation or activation of the secondary
servin ;!:8!1; cell is applied by the 32 ,B slots after the end of the ;!:!11; subframe deliverin the order- and
any transient behaviour related to this chane should ta"e place before this point in time. The correspondin chane of
the ;!:8P11; channel codin scheme as specified in H*I is applied by the 32 at the first ;!:8P11; subframe
boundary after the activation or deactivation has been applied.
6'.1.1 U- %ro$edre 5or re$ei7i(4 9S-6S,9 a(d 9S-S,,9 i( !&e
,-##>6,9 "!a!e
&OT2F The &ode 0 procedure for transmittin the ;!:8!1; and the ;!:!11; is specified in subclause ?..,.3.
%n this sub:clause- sub:frame n on the ;!:!11;s refers to the sub:frame which is associated with sub:frame n on the
;!:P8!1; as defined in H,I- and sub:frame n on the ;!:8P11; refers to the sub:frame which is related to sub:frame
n on the ;!:P8!1; as defined in H,I.
%f the 32 did not detect consistent control information intended for this 32 on any of the ;!:!11;s in the ;!:!11;
set in the immediately precedin subframe n K ,- the 32 shall in sub:frame n monitor all ;!:!11;s in the ;!:!11;
set. The ma'imum si(e of the ;!:!11; set in the servin ;!:8!1; cell is 9.
%f ?9E.M is not confiured for the 32 and [!upport for different ;!:!11;s in contiuous TT%s\ is false- then if the
32 did detect consistent control information intended for this 32 in the immediately precedin subframe n K ,- it is
sufficient in sub:frame n to only monitor the same ;!:!11; used in the immediately precedin subframe n K ,. %f
?9E.M is confiured for the 32 or [!upport for different ;!:!11;s in contiuous TT%s\ is true- then if the 32 did
detect consistent control information intended for this 32 in the immediately precedin subframe n K ,- the 32 shall in
sub:frame n monitor all ;!:!11;s in the ;!:!11; set. These rules apply reardless of the value of ;!:
!11;=less=mode.
%f !econdary=1ell=.ctive is ,-
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! '' Release "
: The 32 shall simultaneously monitor an ;!:!11; set in the secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell- and receive ;!:
8!1; if it is scheduled in that cell. The ma'imum si(e of the ;!:!11; set in a secondary servin ;!:8!1;
cell is 9 and the ma'imum number of ;!:!11;s monitored by the 32 across both the servin ;!:8!1; cell
and the secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell is ?.
: 7rom the servin ;!:8!1; cell- the 32 shall be able to receive up to one ;!:8!1; if M%MO mode is not
confiured or two ;!:8!1;s if M%MO mode is confiured or one ;!:!11; order.
: %n addition- from the secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell- the 32 shall be able to simultaneously receive up to one
;!:8!1; if M%MO mode is not confiured or two ;!:8!1;s if M%MO mode is confiured or one ;!:!11;
order.
: ;!:!11;:less ;!:8!1; transmission shall not be used in a secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell.
: The 32 behaviour is unspecified in case contradictory ;!:!11; orders (i.e. orders for activation and
deactivation of the same functionality) are received from the servin ;!:8!1; cell and the secondary servin
;!:8!1; cell durin the same subframe.
The 32 can be confiured to simultaneously monitor a ma'imum of , ;!:!11; in one non:servin cell. This ;!:
!11; is only used for ;!:!11; orders that indicate ;!:8!1; servin cell chane as defined in section 9.?1.*.*., in
H*I. 3pon successfully receivin an ;!:!11; order that indicates ;!:8!1; servin cell chane from this non:servin
cell- the 32 shall be able to start listenin to the full confiured ;!:!11; set from this new servin cell and from the
new secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell if confiured by hiher layers- at the activation time confiured by hiher layers
if the activation time is not eDual to SnowT- or otherwise within 9+ ms from the end of the subframe in which the ;!:
!11; order is received.
Mhen the 32 monitors ;!:!11;s- the 32 shall only consider the control information to be consistent if eitherF
: the decoded #channeli(ation:code:set information# is lower than or eDual to #ma'imum number of ;!:8!1;
codes received# in its 32 capability and the decoded #modulation scheme information# is valid in terms of its 32
capability-
or
: the decoded #channeli(ation:code:set information# and decoded [modulation scheme information\ correspond to
an indication of an ;!:!11; order as defined in H*I.
1ontrol information for one 32 shall not be transmitted from the servin cell on more than one ;!:!11; in a sinle
sub:frame.
%f a 32 detects that one of the monitored ;!:!11;s in sub:frame n carries consistent control information intended for
this 32- the 32 shall perform the followinF
: %f the decoded #channeli(ation:code:set information# and decoded [modulation scheme information\ do not
correspond to an indication of an ;!:!11; order- start receivin the ;!:P8!1;s indicated by this consistent
control information
: %f the 1/1 of the ;!:!11; is O$F
- %f ;!:!11;=less=modeO, and the T7/% value corresponds to the retransmissions of ;!:!11;:less
operation- the transport bloc" si(e information shall be derived from the sinalled transport bloc" si(e
indicator as defined in H>I and HCI.
- 2lse if 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is T/32 or ;!:!11;=less=modeO, or !econdary=1ell=2nabled is not +-
and the [channeli(ation:code:set information\ and [modulation scheme information\ correspond to an ;!:
!11; order- the 32 shallF
o if the T7/% value corresponds to an ;!:!11; order
%f the ;!:!11; order was sent by the servin ;!:8!1; cell or the secondary servin
;!:8!1; cell- transmit .1$ information in the slot allocated to the ;./E:.1$ in the
correspondin ;!:8P11; sub:frame as defined in H,IG
Process the ;!:!11; orders as described in subclauses ?..,- ?0 and ?1.9.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! '$ Release "
o else- discard the information received on this ;!:!11;.
- 2lse- the transport bloc" si(e information shall be derived from the sinalled T7/% value as defined in HCI.
o %f the #;ybrid:./E process information# is not included in the set confiured by upper layers- the
32 shall discard the information received on this ;!:!11; and on the ;!:P8!1;s.
: 2lse- if ;!:!11;=less=.ctive is T/32- the 32 may start receivin the ;!:P8!1;s confiured for ;!:!11;:
less operation and attempt to decode the ;!:8!1; bits based on the set of possible ;!:8!1; transport bloc" si(es
confiured for ;!:!11;:less operation. Otherwise- the 32 shall discard the information received on this ;!:!11;
and ;!:P8!1;.
Otherwise, if the 32 does not detect consistent control information intended for this 32 on any of the ;!:!11;s in its
;!:!11; sets- the 32 shall perform the followinF
: the 32 shall discard the information received on this ;!:!11;.
: if ;!:!11;=less=.ctive is T/32- the 32 shall start receivin the ;!:P8!1;s confiured for ;!:!11;:less
operation and attempt to decode the ;!:8!1; bits based on the set of possible ;!:8!1; transport bloc" si(es
confiured for ;!:!11;:less operation.
: otherwise- the 32 shall discard the information received on the ;!:P8!1;s.
%f 35=8TL=.ctive is T/32 (see section ?1) and either of the followin is trueF
: the 32 detects consistent control information intended for this 32 and the T7/% value does not correspond to an
;!:!11; order- or
: the 32 has successfully decoded ;!:P8!1;s intended for this 32G
then- at the ;!:8P11; sub frame that contains or would contain the ;./E:.1$ correspondin to the ;!:!11; or
to the ;!:P8!1;s that enerated the priority chane- the 32 shall perform the followinF
: set 1E%=8TL=Priority to , and-
: reset the 1E% nominal reportin timer to 1E%=8TL=T%M2/.
%f ;./E=preamble=mode O , and the information received on ;!:!11; is not discarded- the 32 shallF
- transmit a ;./E Preamble (P/2) in the slot allocated to ;./E:.1$ in ;!:8P11; sub:frame n K ,- unless
an .1$ or &.1$ or any combination of .1$ and &.1$ is to be transmitted in sub:frame n K , as a result of
an ;!:8!1; transmission earlier than sub:frame n on the ;!:P8!1;- and
- if &=ac"nac"=transmit P ,- the 32 shall transmit a ;./E Preamble in the slot allocated to ;./E:.1$ in ;!:
8P11; sub:frame n K *- unless an .1$ or &.1$ or any combination of .1$ and &.1$ is to be transmitted
in sub:frame n K * as a result of an ;!:8!1; transmission earlier than sub:frame n on the ;!:P8!1;.
The 32 shall transmit the .1$<&.1$ information received from M.1:hs or M.1:ehs in the slot allocated to the
;./E:.1$ in the correspondin ;!:8P11; sub:frame as defined in H,I. Mhen N_ acknack_transmit is reater
than one- the 32 shallF
: repeat the transmission of the .1$<&.1$ information over the ne't (N_ acknack_transmit!*) consecutive
;!:8P11; sub:frames- in the slots allocated to the ;./E:.1$ as defined in H,I and
: not attempt to receive any ;!:!11; in ;!:!11; subframes correspondin to ;!:8P11; sub:frames in
which the .1$<&.1$ information transmission is repeated- nor to receive or decode transport bloc"s from
the ;!:P8!1; in ;!:8!1; sub:frames correspondin to ;!:8P11; sub:frames in which the
.1$<&.1$ information transmission is repeated.
%f .1$ or &.1$ or any combination of .1$ and &.1$ is transmitted in ;!:8P11; sub:frame n- and
;./E=preamble=mode O , and 32 %nterTT% ] N_acknack_transmit- then the 32 shallF
- transmit a ;./E Postamble (PO!T) in the slot allocated to ;./E:.1$ in ;!:8P11; subframe n U *V
N_acknack_transmit K ,- unless .1$ or &.1$ or P/2 or any combination of .1$ and &.1$ is to be
transmitted in this subframe- and
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! ', Release "
- if N_acknack_transmit P ,- transmit a ;./E Postamble (PO!T) in the slot allocated to ;./E:.1$ in ;!:
8P11; subframe n U *VN_acknack_transmit K *- unless an .1$ or &.1$ or P/2 or any combination of
.1$ and &.1$ is to be transmitted in this subframe.
8TL shall be used on the ;!:8P11; in the slot allocated to ;./E:.1$ in the correspondin ;!:8P11; subframe
unless a ;./E:.1$ messae is to be transmitted as described above.
6'.1.1' U- %ro$edre 5or re$ei7i(4 9S-6S,9 a(d 9S-S,,9 i(
,-##>*',9 "!a!e
The ;!:!11; reception procedure is as defined in subclause ?..,.,.
The 32 shall perform these actions in the followin orderF
: The 32 shall monitor the first inde'ed ;!:!11; of the confiured ;!:!11; set with the 011; specific ;:
/&T%.
: %f the 32 is confiured with a dedicated ;:/&T%- the 32 shall monitor the ;!:!11;s of the confiured ;!:
!11; set with the dedicated ;:/&T%. %f the 32 is not confiured with a dedicated ;:/&T%- the 32 shall
monitor the ;!:!11;s of the confiured ;!:!11; set with the common ;:/&T% as defined in H>I.
%f the 32 detects that one ;!:!11; carries consistent control information intended for this 32- the 32 shall perform
the followinF
: !tart receivin the ;!:P8!1;s indicated by this consistent control information.
: %f the 1/1 of the ;!:!11; is O$- the transport bloc" si(e information shall be derived from the sinalled T7/%
value as defined in HCI. %f the #;ybrid:./E process information# is not included in the set confiured by upper
layers- the 32 shall discard the information received on this ;!:!11; and on the ;!:P8!1;s.
3nless indicated by hiher layers- the 32 shall not transmit any ;./E:.1$ or 1E% information and 8TL shall be
used on all the ;!:8P11; subframes.
6'.1.1: U- %ro$edre 5or re$ei7i(4 9S-6S,9 a(d 9S-S,,9 i( !&e
UR'>P,9 a(d ,-##>P,9 "!a!e"
The ;!:!11; reception procedure is as defined in subclause ?..,.,.
%f the 32 has detected a pain indication intended for this 32- the 32 shall perform the actions belowF
%n 1255=P1; state- if the 32 is confiured with a dedicated ;:/&T%- the 32 shall perform these actions in the
followin orderF
: The 32 shall monitor the first inde'ed ;!:!11; of the confiured ;!:!11; set with the 011; specific ;:
/&T%.
: The 32 shall monitor the ;!:!11;s of the confiured ;!:!11; set with the dedicated ;:/&T%.
%f the 32 is confiured with a dedicated ;:/&T%- and if the 32 detects that one ;!:!11; in a set of > associated ;!:
!11; subframes (as defined in H,I) carries consistent control information intended for this 32- the 32 shall perform
the followinF
: !tart receivin the ;!:P8!1;s indicated by this consistent control information.
: %f the 1/1 of the ;!:!11; is O$- the transport bloc" si(e information shall be derived from the sinalled T7/%
value as defined in HCI. %f the #;ybrid:./E process information# is not included in the set confiured by upper
layers- the 32 shall discard the information received on this ;!:!11; and on the ;!:P8!1;s.
%n 1255=P1; state- when the 32 is confiured to receive ;!:8!1; without a dedicated ;:/&T%- or in 3/.=P1;
state- the 32 shall perform the followinF
: the 32 shall start receivin the ;!:P8!1; confiured for ;!:!11;:less operation and attempt to decode the
;!:8!1; bits of the first associated ;!:8!1; sub:frame (as defined in H,I) and the subseDuent repetitions in
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! '- Release "
the (&umber of P11; transmissions:,) ne't contiuous ;!:8!1; subframes based on the set of possible ;!:
8!1; Transport 0loc" !i(es confiured by hiher layers.
The 32 shall not transmit any ;./E:.1$ or 1E% information and 8TL shall be used on all the ;!:8P11;
subframes.
6'.1.2 U- %ro$edre 5or re%or!i(4 $&a((el Bali!y i(di$a!io( (,D=) a(d
%re$odi(4 $o(!rol i(di$a!io( (P,=)
The 32 procedure for reportin P1%<1E% is iven in sub:clause ?..,.*., for the case when the 32 is not confiured in
M%MO mode and in sub:clause ?..,.*.* for the case when the 32 is confiured in M%MO mode.
%f the 32 is confiured in M%MO mode in only one of the servin ;!:8!1; cell and the secondary servin ;!:8!1;
cell- then the overall P1%<1E% reportin procedure shall be the same as if the 32 was confiured in M%MO mode as
specified in subclause ?..,.*.* e'cept that a 1E% value as defined in subclause ?..*., is derived and reported for the
non:M%MO cell.
6'.1.2.1 ,D= re%or!i(4 %ro$edre i( $a"e !&e U- i" (o! $o(5i4red i( M=M< 8ode
Mith the e'ception of the provisions of subclause ?..3- the followin shall apply when the 32 is not confiured in
M%MO modeF
,) The 32 derives the 1E% value for the servin ;!:8!1; cell as defined in subclause ?..*.,.
%f !econdary=1ell=.ctive is ,- the 32 also derives a 1E% value for the secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell as
defined in subclause ?..*.,.
The 1E% report is constructed from the 1E% value(s) as specified in H*I.
*) 7or " O +- the 32 shall not transmit the 1E% report.
7or " P + when 8TL=8/L=!T.T3! is not T/32- the 32 shall transmit the 1E% report in each subframe that
starts m*>? chips after the start of the associated uplin" 8P11; frame with m fulfillinF
1
( ) + mod A?B+ *>? > + k chip chip m C"N with ) * ( ms k k
-
where 17& denotes the connection frame number for the associated 8P1; and the set of five possible values
of m is calculated as described in subclause A.A in H,I.
7or " P + when 8TL=8/L=!T.T3! is T/32- the 32 shall transmit the 1E% report as specified in ?1.* based
on the 1E% transmission pattern. The 1E% transmission pattern is the set of ;!:8P11; subframes whose ;!:
8P11; discontinuous transmission radio frame number 17&=8/L and subframe number !=8/L- both defined
in ?1.3- verifyF
((>V17&=8/L : 32=8TL=8/L=Offset U !=8/L ) '(D "#) O +- with ) * ( ms k k
.
3) The 32 shall repeat the transmission of the 1E% report derived in ,) over the ne't 4N_c%i_transmit 8 *5
consecutive ;!:8P11; sub frames in the slots respectively allocated to the 1E% as defined in H,I. 32 does not
support the case of transmit c%i N k = = <
.
9) The 32 shall not transmit the 1E% in other subframes than those described in *) and 3).
6'.1.2.2 ,o8%o"i!e P,=2,D= re%or!i(4 %ro$edre i( $a"e !&e U- i" $o(5i4red i(
M=M< 8ode
The followin types of 1E% reports have to be supported by the 32 when the 32 is confiured in M%MO mode and
sinle:stream restriction is not confiuredF
Type .F 1E% reports that indicate the supported transport format(s) for the number of simultaneously
transmitted transport bloc"s that the 32 prefers accordin to the current channel conditions assumin
that the preferred primary precodin vector as indicated by the P1% value sinalled in the same ;!:
8P11; sub:frame would be applied at the &ode:0 for the primary transport bloc" and in case two
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! ') Release "
transport bloc"s are preferred the precodin vector orthoonal to the preferred primary precodin
vector would be applied for the secondary transport bloc". This type of 1E% report contains
information on either one transport format or a combination of two transport formats dependin on
what is currently the preferred number of transport bloc"s (either , or *).
Type 0F 1E% reports that indicate the supported transport format for a sinle transmitted transport bloc"
accordin to the current channel conditions assumin that the preferred primary precodin vector as
indicated by the P1% value sinalled in the same ;!:8P11; sub:frame would be applied at the
&ode:0 for the primary transport bloc" and that no secondary transport bloc" is transmitted.
Mhen 32 is confiured in M%MO mode and sinle:stream restriction is confiured only type 0 1E% report have to be
supported by the 32.
Mith the e'ception of the provisions of subclause ?..3- the followin shall apply when the 32 is confiured in M%MO
modeF
,) The 32 derives the P1% value for the servin ;!:8!1; cell as defined in subclause ?..9 and when sinle:
stream restriction is not confiured either a type . or a type 0 1E% value and when sinle:stream restriction is
confiured type 0 1E% value for the servin ;!:8!1; cell as defined in subclause ?..*.* dependin on which
type of 1E% shall be reported as defined below.
%f !econdary=1ell=.ctive is ,- the 32 also derives a P1% value for the secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell as
defined in subclause ?..9 and when sinle:stream restriction is not confiured either a type . or a type 0 1E%
value and when sinle:stream restriction is confiured type 0 1E% value for the secondary servin ;!:8!1;
cell as defined in subclause ?..*.* dependin on which type of 1E% shall be reported as defined below.
*)
a. 7or " O +- the 32 shall not transmit a composite P1%<1E% value.
b. 7or " P + when 8TL=8/L=!T.T3! is not T/32 (see section ?..,)- the 32 shall transmit a composite
P1%<1E% value for the servin ;!:8!1; cell in each subframe that starts m*>? chips after the start of the
associated uplin" 8P11; frame with m fulfillin
1
( ) + mod A?B+ *>? > + k chip chip m C"N with ) * ( ms k k
- (',)
where 17& denotes the connection frame number for the associated 8P1; and the set of five possible
values of m is calculated as described in subclause A.A in H,I.
Mhen sinle:stream restriction is not confiured and the relation
1
=cDi=type. =cDi mod
A?B+ *>? >
N M
k
chip chip m C"N
<
1
]
1

+

holds- the 32 shall report a type . 1E% value. Otherwise the 32 shall report a type 0 1E% value.
c. 7or " P + when 8TL=8/L=!T.T3! is T/32 (see section ?..,)- the 32 shall transmit the 1E% value for
the servin ;!:8!1; cell as specified in ?1.* based on the 1E% transmission pattern. The 1E%
transmission pattern is the set of ;!:8P11; subframes whose ;!:8P11; discontinuous transmission
radio frame number 17&=8/L and subframe number !=8/L- both defined in ?1.3- verifyF
((>V17&=8/L : 32=8TL=8/L=Offset U !=8/L ) mod "#) O +- with ) * ( ms k k
.
Mhen sinle:stream restriction is not confiured and the relation
=cDi=type. =cDi mod
!=8/L =Offset 32=8TL=8/L 17&=8/L >
N M
k
<
1
]
1

+
holds- the 32 shall report a type . 1E% value. Otherwise the 32 shall report a type 0 1E% value.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! '" Release "
d. 7or "P+- the P1% value derived in ,) shall be transmitted toether with the 1E% value as a composite
P1%<1E% value. %t should be noted that in case that *>?+ is not an inteer multiple of M=cDi- the seDuence
of type . and type 0 1E% reports miht not always be periodic due to 17& roll:over.
3) The 32 shall repeat the transmission of the composite P1%<1E% value for the servin ;!:8!1; cell derived
above over the ne't 4N_c%i_transmit 8 *5 consecutive ;!:8P11; sub frames in the slots respectively allocated
to 1E% as defined in H,I. The 32 does not support the case of transmit c%i N k = = <
.
9) The 32 shall not transmit composite P1%<1E% for the servin ;!:8!1; cell in other subframes than those
described in *) and 3).
>) %f !econdary=1ell=.ctive is ,- the 32 shall also transmit the composite P1%<1E% value for the secondary
servin ;!:8!1; cell over the N_c%i_transmit consecutive ;!:8P11; sub frames immediately followin the
transmission for the servin ;!:8!1; cell described in *) and 3). %f !econdary=1ell=2nabled is ,- the 32 does
not support the case of transmit c%i N k = = * <
.
6'.1.3 +ode : %ro$edre 5or !ra("8i!!i(4 !&e 9S-6S,9 a(d 9S-S,,9
6'.1.3.1 +ode : %ro$edre 5or !ra("8i!!i(4 !&e 9S-6S,9 a(d 9S-S,,9 i( !&e
,-##>6,9 "!a!e
Mhen transmittin to a 32 for which the ;!:!11;=less=modeO,- the &ode 0 shall use the followin proceduresF
: The &ode 0 can always transmit an ;!:8!1; transport bloc" usin 1/1 attachment method , and ;!:!11;
type ,.
: %f ;!:!11;=less=.ctive is T/32- the &ode 0 may transmit an ;!:8!1; transport bloc" usin 1/1
attachment method * and ;!:!11; type * accordin to H*I provided that the si(e of the transport bloc" belons
to the set of transport bloc" si(es confiured for ;!:!11; less operation by hiher layers. %n this case- a
ma'imum of two retransmissions may be used for each ;!:8!1; transport bloc".
Otherwise-
: The &ode 0 should always transmit an ;!:8!1; transport bloc" usin 1/1 attachment method , and
o ;!:!11; type , in a cell where the 32 is not confiured in M%MO mode- or
o ;!:!11; type 3 in a cell where the 32 is confiured in M%MO mode.
%f &ode 0 uses 1/1 attachment method , or 1/1 attachment method * for the first transmission of a transport bloc"-
&ode 0 shall use 1/1 attachment method , or 1/1 attachment method * respectively for any retransmission of the
transport bloc".
Mhen transmittin<retransmittin- in a cell where the 32 is not confiured in M%MO mode- a transport bloc" usin
1/1 attachment method , or retransmittin a transport bloc" to a 32 usin 1/1 attachment method *- the &ode 0
shall transmit the correspondin control information usin ;!:!11; type , or ;!:!11; type * respectively on one of
the ;!:!11;s in the 32\s ;!:!11; set.
Mhen transmittin<retransmittin- in a cell where the 32 is confiured in M%MO mode- a transport bloc" the &ode 0
shall use 1/1 attachment method , and transmit the correspondin control information usin ;!:!11; type 3 on one
of the ;!:!11;s in the 32\s ;!:!11; set.
6'.1.3.2 +ode : %ro$edre 5or !ra("8i!!i(4 !&e 9S-6S,9 a(d 9S-S,,9 i( !&e
,-##>*',9 "!a!e
Mhen transmittin to a 32 the &ode 0 shall use the followin proceduresF
: The &ode 0 shall always transmit an ;!:8!1; transport bloc" usin 1/1 attachment method , and ;!:
!11; type ,.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! $* Release "
: Mhen transmittin<retransmittin a transport bloc" the &ode 0 shall transmit the correspondin control
information usin ;!:!11; type , on one of the ;!:!11;s in the confiured ;!:!11; set. Mhen
transmittin<retransmittin a transport bloc" with the 011; specific ;:/&T%- the &ode 0 shall use the first
inde'ed ;!:!11; of the confiured ;!:!11; set.
6'.1.3.3 +ode : %ro$edre 5or !ra("8i!!i(4 !&e 9S-6S,9 a(d 9S-S,,9 i( !&e
UR'>P,9 or ,-##>P,9 "!a!e
The timin relation of the P%1; frame to the first associated ;!:!11; subframe and its associated ;!:8!1;
subframe is described in A.*. of H,I.
%n 1255=P1; state- when transmittin with a dedicated ;:/&T% or 011; specific ;:/&T%- the &ode 0 shall use the
followin proceduresF
: The &ode 0 may transmit ;!:!11; type , in any of the > ;!:!11; subframes associated with the P%1;
frame (as defined in H,I)- and the correspondin ;!:8!1; transport bloc" usin 1/1 attachment method , in
the associated ;!:8!1; subframe. Mhen transmittin with the 011; specific ;:/&T%- the &ode 0 shall use
the first inde'ed ;!:!11; of the confiured ;!:!11; set.
: The &ode 0 may retransmit the ;!:8!1; in any of the subseDuent sub:frames associated with the P%1; (as
defined in H,I). .ll retransmissions shall be sent with ;!:!11; type ,.
%n 1255=P1; state- when transmittin to a 32 not confiured with a dedicated ;:/&T%- or in 3/.=P1; state- the
&ode 0 shall use the followin proceduresF
: The &ode 0 shall not transmit an ;!:!11;.
: The &ode 0 shall transmit an ;!:8!1; transport bloc" in the ;!:8!1; subframe associated with the first
associated ;!:!11; subframe- with the followin parametersF
o EP!$ modulation
o ;!:P8!1; channelisation code confiured for ;!:!11; less pain operation by hiher layers
o 1/1 attachment method , for the ;!:8!1;
o the si(e of the transport bloc" belons to the set of transport bloc" si(es confiured for ;!:!11; less
pain operation by hiher layers.
: The &ode 0 shall retransmit the ;!:8!1; transport bloc" (&umber of P11; transmissions:,) times in the
ne't contiuous subframes without transmittin ;!:!11;.
: 7or the first- second- third- fourth and fifth transmissions- the redundancy and constellation version of the ;!:
8!1; transport bloc" are +- *- >- ?- and ,- respectively.
6'.2 ,&a((el Bali!y i(di$a!or (,D=) de5i(i!io(
.ny overlap between the 3:slot reference period (as defined in either ?..*., or ?..*.*) and a 8/L period (as defined in
section ?1.3) shall not prevent the 32 transmittin a 1E% report.
6'.2.1 ,D= de5i(i!io( 3&e( !&e U- i" (o! $o(5i4red i( M=M< 8ode
This definition of 1E% applies only when the 32 is not confiured in M%MO mode.
0ased on an unrestricted observation interval- the 32 shall report the hihest tabulated 1E% value for which a sinle
;!:8!1; sub:frame formatted with the transport bloc" si(e- number of ;!:P8!1; codes and modulation
correspondin to the reported or lower 1E% value could be received with a transport bloc" error probability not
e'ceedin +., in a 3:slot reference period endin , slot before the start of the first slot in which the reported 1E% value
is transmitted. 8ependin on the 32 cateory as derived by hiher layers in H>I- either Table A.- A0- A1- A8- A2- A7 or
AG should be used.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! $& Release "
7or the purpose of 1E% reportin- the 32 shall assume a total received ;!:P8!1; power of
+ +
CP#C6 62P02C6
P P in d0-
where the total received power is evenly distributed amon the ;!:P8!1; codes of the reported 1E% value- the
measurement power offset is sinalled by hiher layers and the reference power adjustment

is iven by Table
A.- A0- A1- A8- A2- A7 or AG dependin on the 32 cateory.
7urther- for the purpose of 1E% reportin- the 32 shall assume the number of soft channel bits available in the virtual
%/ buffer (&%/)- and redundancy and constellation version parameter (L/@) as iven by Table A.- A0- A1- A8- A2- A7 or
AG dependin on the 32 cateory irrespective of the actual number of ;./E processes that are confiured. %f hiher
layer sinallin informs the 32 that for the relevant radio lin" (i.e. the radio lin" from the servin ;!:8!1; cell in the
case of a 1E% value for the servin ;!:8!1; cell- or the radio lin" from the secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell in the
case of a 1E% value for the secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell) it may use a !:1P%1; as a phase reference and the P:
1P%1; is not a valid phase reference-
CP#C6
P is the received power of the !:1P%1; used by the 32- otherwise
CP#C6
P
is the received power of the P:1P%1;. %n the case of a 1E% value for the servin ;!:8!1; cell- if closed loop transmit
diversity is used for the radio lin" from the servin ;!:8!1; cell-
CP#C6
P denotes the power of the combined received
1P%1; from both transmit antennas- determined as if error:free transmitter weihts had been applied to the 1P%1;-
where those weihts are determined as described in sub:clause A.*. %f !TT8 is used-
CP#C6
P denotes the combined
1P%1; power received from each transmit antenna and if no transmit diversity is used
CP#C6
P denotes the power
received from the non diversity antenna.
7or the purpose of 1E% reportin the 32 shall assume that all ;!:P8!1; channelisation codes it may receive from the
relevant radio lin" are under the same scramblin code as the 1ommon Pilot 1hannel used to determine
CP#C6
P .
6'.2.2 ,D= de5i(i!io( 3&e( !&e U- i" $o(5i4red i( M=M< 8ode
This definition of 1E% applies only when the 32 is confiured in M%MO mode.
0ased on an unrestricted observation interval- the 32 shall report the hihest tabulated 1E% value(s) for which a sinle
;!:8!1; sub:frame formatted with the set of transport bloc" si(e(s)- number of ;!:P8!1; codes and set of
modulation(s) correspondin to the reported 1E% value(s) could be received with individual transport bloc" error
probabilities not e'ceedin +., in a 3:slot reference period endin , slot before the start of the first slot in which the
reported 1E% value(s) is<are transmitted if the preferred primary precodin vector as indicated by the P1% value reported
in the same ;!:8P11; sub:frame would be applied at the &ode 0 for the primary transport bloc" and in case two
transport bloc"s are preferred the precodin vector orthoonal to the preferred primary precodin vector would be
applied for the secondary transport bloc". Mhen sinle:stream restriction is not confiured and dependin on the 32
cateory as derived by hiher layers H>I- either Table A;- A%- A%a or A%b shall be used for dual transport bloc" type .
1E% reports- and either Table A1- A8- A7 or AG shall be used for sinle transport bloc" type . or type 0 1E% reports.
Type . 1E% reports are constructed usin a 1E% value that is computed accordin to

'
+ +

32 by the preferred is bloc" transport , when 1E%

32 by the preferred are bloc"s transport * when 3, 1E% 1E% ' ,>
1E%
!
* ,
-
where 1E%, indicates the supported transport format accordin to Table A;- A%- A%a or A%b for the transport bloc" that
could be received with the specified bloc" error probability if it was transmitted with the preferred primary precodin
vector and 1E%* indicates the supported transport format accordin to Table A;- A%- A%a or A%b for the transport bloc"
that could be received with the specified bloc" error probability if it was transmitted with the precodin vector
orthoonal to the preferred primary precodin vector. 1E%! indicates the supported transport format accordin to Table
A1- A8- A7 or AG for the transport bloc" that could be received with the specified bloc" error probability if it was
transmitted with the preferred primary precodin vector.
Mhen sinle:stream restriction is not confiured type 0 1E% reports are constructed usin the 1E% value of the
supported transport format accordin to Table A1- A8- A7 or AG for the transport bloc" that could be received with the
specified bloc" error probability if it was transmitted with the preferred primary precodin vector.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! $# Release "
Mhen sinle:stream restriction is confiured type 0 1E% reports are constructed usin the 1E% value of the supported
transport format accordin to Table A.- A0- A1- A8- A7 or AG for the transport bloc" that could be received with the
specified bloc" error probability if it was transmitted with the preferred primary precodin vector.
7or the purpose of 1E% reportin- the 32 shall assume a total transmit power of ;!:P8!1;
+
CP#C6 62P02C6
P P in d0-
where the total transmit power is assumed to be evenly distributed amon the ;!:P8!1; codes correspondin to the
reported 1E% value- and the measurement power offset is sinaled by hiher layers.
CP#C6
P denotes the combined
transmit power of the set of 1P%1;(s) used for M%MO operation of ;!:8!1;.
Mhen sinle:stream restriction is not confiured and if a 1E% for a sinle transport bloc" is reported- the parameter

that is iven by Table A1- A8- A7 or AG dependin on the 32 cateory and confiuration indicates a reference power
adjustment for the &ode 0 transmit power on the indicated ;!:P8!1;(s). %f a 1E% for two transport bloc"s is reported-
the parameter

that is iven by Table A;- A%- A%a or A%b dependin on the 32 cateory and confiuration indicates by
how much the eDuivalent .MG& symbol !%&/ for a specific transport bloc" would be different from the one reDuired
to meet the predicted 052/ performance.
Mhen sinle:stream restriction is confiured- the parameter

that is iven by Table A.- A0- A1- A8- A7 or AG

dependin on the 32 cateory and confiuration indicates a reference power adjustment for the &ode 0 transmit power
on the indicated ;!:P8!1;(s).
Mhen derivin the 1E% value- the 32 assumes that the &ode 0 would be usin a uniform power allocation across the
number of ;!:P8!1; codes correspondin to the 1E% value to be reported. %n case the 32 reports a 1E% for two
transport bloc"s- it is assumed by the 32 that the &ode 0 uses an eDual power per ;!:P8!1; code for both of the two
transport bloc"s.
Mhen the &ode 0 schedules the 32 with two transport bloc"s- if the &ode 0 does not transmit with eDual power per
used ;!:P8!1; code or use different power per code than indicated by the measurement power offset - it should not
assume that the reported transport bloc" si(es can be received with the specified bloc" error probabilities or that
transmission of two transport bloc"s is preferred by the 32.
7urther- for the purpose of 1E% reportin- the 32 shall assume the number of soft channel bits available in the virtual
%/ buffer (+=R)- and redundancy and constellation version parameter (Er7- Er7%)- or Er7")) as iven by Table A.- A0- A1-
A8- A7- AG- A;- A%- A%a or A%b dependin on the 32 cateory and on the 1E% report type irrespective of the actual
number of ;./E processes that are confiured.
7or the purpose of 1E% reportin the 32 shall assume that all ;!:P8!1; channelisation codes it may receive are under
the same scramblin code as the set of 1P%1;(s) used to determine
CP#C6
P .
6'.2.3 ,D= !a)le"
The 1E% mappin table for each 32 cateory and confiured mode of operation is described in Table Aa.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! $3 Release "
Ta1le -a/ Applica1ility of 582 3appin. ta1les%
5ate.ory 9sed 582 3appin. ta1le
:2:; not confi.ured :2:; confi.ured and sin.le+strea3 restriction
not confi.ured
:2:; and sin.le+strea3
restriction confi.ured
,'8A:
not
confi.ured
,'8A:
confi.ured
,'8A:
not confi.ured
,'8A:
confi.ured
,'8A:
not
confi.ured
,'8A:
confi.ured
2n case of
type 0 or
sin.le
transport
1lock
type A
582
reports
2n case of
dual
transport
1lock
type A
582
reports
2n case of
type 0 or
sin.le
transport
1lock
type A
582
reports
2n case
of dual
transpor
t 1lock
type A
582
reports
1-6 ' +2' ' +2'
1 a(d 8 : +2' : +2'
9 , +2' , +2'
10 6 +2' 6 +2'
11 a(d 12 - +2'
13 , * +2' , *
14 6 G +2' 6 G
15 , +2' , 9 +2'
16 6 +2' 6 = +2'
11 , * , 9 +2' +2' *
18 6 G 6 = +2' +2' G
19 , * , 9 * F +2'
20 6 G 6 = G G +2'
21 , +2' , +2'
22 6 +2' 6 +2'
23 , * +2' , *
24 6 G +2' 6 G
25 , +2' , 9 +2' +2'
26 6 +2' 6 = +2' +2'
21 , * , 9 * F +2'
28 6 G 6 = G G +2'
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! $' Release "
Ta1le -A/ 582 3appin. ta1le A%
582 4alue
Transport
0lock Si<e
Nu31er of
6S+PS56
:odulation
Reference power
adjust3ent
N2R =r4
0 +2' <! o5 ra(4e
1 131 1 DPSG
0 9600 0
2 113 1 DPSG
0
3 233 1 DPSG
0
4 311 1 DPSG
0
5 311 1 DPSG
0
6 461 1 DPSG
0
1 650 2 DPSG
0
8 192 2 DPSG
0
9 931 2 DPSG
0
10 1262 3 DPSG
0
11 1483 3 DPSG
0
12 1142 3 DPSG
0
13 2219 4 DPSG
0
14 2583 4 DPSG
0
15 3319 5 DPSG
0
16 3565 5 16-D'M
0
11 4189 5 16-D'M
0
18 4664 5 16-D'M
0
19 5281 5 16-D'M
0
20 5881 5 16-D'M
0
21 6554 5 16-D'M
0
22 1168 5 16-D'M
0
23 1168 5 16-D'M
-1
24 1168 5 16-D'M
-2
25 1168 5 16-D'M
-3
26 1168 5 16-D'M
-4
21 1168 5 16-D'M
-5
28 1168 5 16-D'M
-6
29 1168 5 16-D'M
-1
30 1168 5 16-D'M
-8
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! $$ Release "
Ta1le -0/ 582 3appin. ta1le 0%
582 4alue
Transport
0lock Si<e
Nu31er of
6S+PS56
:odulation
Reference power
adjust3ent
N2R =r4
0 +2' <! o5 ra(4e
1 131 1 DPSG
0 19200 0
2 113 1 DPSG
0
3 233 1 DPSG
0
4 311 1 DPSG
0
5 311 1 DPSG
0
6 461 1 DPSG
0
1 650 2 DPSG
0
8 192 2 DPSG
0
9 931 2 DPSG
0
10 1262 3 DPSG
0
11 1483 3 DPSG
0
12 1142 3 DPSG
0
13 2219 4 DPSG
0
14 2583 4 DPSG
0
15 3319 5 DPSG
0
16 3565 5 16-D'M
0
11 4189 5 16-D'M
0
18 4664 5 16-D'M
0
19 5281 5 16-D'M
0
20 5881 5 16-D'M
0
21 6554 5 16-D'M
0
22 1168 5 16-D'M
0
23 9119 1 16-D'M
0
24 11418 8 16-D'M
0
25 14411 10 16-D'M
0
26 14411 10 16-D'M
-1
21 14411 10 16-D'M
-2
28 14411 10 16-D'M
-3
29 14411 10 16-D'M
-4
30 14411 10 16-D'M
-5
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! $, Release "
Ta1le -5/ 582 3appin. ta1le 5%
582 or
582S 4alue
Transport
0lock Si<e
Nu31er of
6S+PS56
:odulation
Reference power
adjust3ent
N2R =r4 or
=r4p1
0 +2' <! o5 ra(4e
1 131 1 DPSG
0 28800 0
2 113 1 DPSG
0
3 233 1 DPSG
0
4 311 1 DPSG
0
5 311 1 DPSG
0
6 461 1 DPSG
0
1 650 2 DPSG
0
8 192 2 DPSG
0
9 931 2 DPSG
0
10 1262 3 DPSG
0
11 1483 3 DPSG
0
12 1142 3 DPSG
0
13 2219 4 DPSG
0
14 2583 4 DPSG
0
15 3319 5 DPSG
0
16 3565 5 16-D'M
0
11 4189 5 16-D'M
0
18 4664 5 16-D'M
0
19 5281 5 16-D'M
0
20 5881 5 16-D'M
0
21 6554 5 16-D'M
0
22 1168 5 16-D'M
0
23 9119 1 16-D'M
0
24 11418 8 16-D'M
0
25 14411 10 16-D'M
0
26 11231 12 16-D'M
0
21 11231 12 16-D'M
-1
28 11231 12 16-D'M
-2
29 11231 12 16-D'M
-3
30 11231 12 16-D'M
-4
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! $- Release "
Ta1le -/ 582 3appin. ta1le %
582 or
582S 4alue
Transport
0lock Si<e
Nu31er of
6S+PS56
:odulation
Reference power
adjust3ent
N2R =r4 or
=r4p1
0 +2' <! o5 ra(4e
1 131 1 DPSG
0 28800 0
2 113 1 DPSG
0
3 233 1 DPSG
0
4 311 1 DPSG
0
5 311 1 DPSG
0
6 461 1 DPSG
0
1 650 2 DPSG
0
8 192 2 DPSG
0
9 931 2 DPSG
0
10 1262 3 DPSG
0
11 1483 3 DPSG
0
12 1142 3 DPSG
0
13 2219 4 DPSG
0
14 2583 4 DPSG
0
15 3319 5 DPSG
0
16 3565 5 16-D'M
0
11 4189 5 16-D'M
0
18 4664 5 16-D'M
0
19 5281 5 16-D'M
0
20 5881 5 16-D'M
0
21 6554 5 16-D'M
0
22 1168 5 16-D'M
0
23 9119 1 16-D'M
0
24 11418 8 16-D'M
0
25 14411 10 16-D'M
0
26 11231 12 16-D'M
0
21 21154 15 16-D'M
0
28 23310 15 16-D'M
0
29 24222 15 16-D'M
0
30 25558 15 16-D'M
0
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! $) Release "
Ta1le ->/ 582 3appin. ta1le >%
582 4alue
Transport
0lock Si<e
Nu31er of
6S+PS56
:odulation
Reference power
adjust3ent
N2R =r4
0 +2' <! o5 ra(4e
1 131 1 DPSG
0 4800 0
2 113 1 DPSG
0
3 233 1 DPSG
0
4 311 1 DPSG
0
5 311 1 DPSG
0
6 461 1 DPSG
0
1 650 2 DPSG
0
8 192 2 DPSG
0
9 931 2 DPSG
0
10 1262 3 DPSG
0
11 1483 3 DPSG
0
12 1142 3 DPSG
0
13 2219 4 DPSG
0
14 2583 4 DPSG
0
15 3319 5 DPSG
0
16 3319 5 DPSG
-1
11 3319 5 DPSG
-2
18 3319 5 DPSG
-3
19 3319 5 DPSG
-4
20 3319 5 DPSG
-5
21 3319 5 DPSG
-6
22 3319 5 DPSG
-1
23 3319 5 DPSG
-8
24 3319 5 DPSG
-9
25 3319 5 DPSG
-10
26 3319 5 DPSG
-11
21 3319 5 DPSG
-12
28 3319 5 DPSG
-13
29 3319 5 DPSG
-14
30 3319 5 DPSG
-15
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! $" Release "
Ta1le -F/ 582 3appin. ta1le F%
582 4alue
Transport
0lock Si<e
Nu31er of
6S+PS56
:odulation
Reference power
adjust3ent
N2R =R(
0 +2' <! o5 ra(4e
1 136 1 DPSG
0 43200 0
2 116 1 DPSG
0
3 232 1 DPSG
0
4 320 1 DPSG
0
5 316 1 DPSG
0
6 464 1 DPSG
0
1 648 2 DPSG
0
8 192 2 DPSG
0
9 928 2 DPSG
0
10 1264 3 DPSG
0
11 1488 3 DPSG
0
12 1144 3 DPSG
0
13 2288 4 DPSG
0
14 2592 4 DPSG
0
15 3328 5 DPSG
0
16 3516 5 16-D'M
0
11 4200 5 16-D'M
0
18 4612 5 16-D'M
0
19 5296 5 16-D'M
0
20 5896 5 16-D'M
0
21 6568 5 16-D'M
0
22 1184 5 16-D'M
0
23 9136 1 16-D'M
0
24 11432 8 16-D'M
0
25 14424 10 16-D'M
0
26 15116 10 64-D'M
0
21 21168 12 64-D'M
0
28 26504 13 64-D'M
0
29 32264 14 64-D'M
0
30 32264 14 64-D'M
-2
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! ,* Release "
Ta1le -G/ 582 3appin. ta1le G%
582 4alue
Transport
0lock Si<e
Nu31er of
6S+PS56
:odulation
Reference power
adjust3ent
N2R =R(
0 +2' <! o5 ra(4e
1 136 1 DPSG
0 43200 0
2 116 1 DPSG
0
3 232 1 DPSG
0
4 320 1 DPSG
0
5 316 1 DPSG
0
6 464 1 DPSG
0
1 648 2 DPSG
0
8 192 2 DPSG
0
9 928 2 DPSG
0
10 1264 3 DPSG
0
11 1488 3 DPSG
0
12 1144 3 DPSG
0
13 2288 4 DPSG
0
14 2592 4 DPSG
0
15 3328 5 DPSG
0
16 3516 5 16-D'M
0
11 4200 5 16-D'M
0
18 4612 5 16-D'M
0
19 5296 5 16-D'M
0
20 5896 5 16-D'M
0
21 6568 5 16-D'M
0
22 1184 5 16-D'M
0
23 9136 1 16-D'M
0
24 11432 8 16-D'M
0
25 14424 10 16-D'M
0
26 15116 10 64-D'M
0
21 21168 12 64-D'M
0
28 26504 13 64-D'M
0
29 32264 14 64-D'M
0
30 38516 15 64-D'M
0
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! ,& Release "
Ta1le -6/ 582 3appin. ta1le 6%
582&
or
582#
Transport
0lock Si<e
Nu31er of
6S+PS56
:odulation
>?ui4alent A@GN
S2NR difference
N2R
=r4p1
or =r4s1
0 4581 15 DPSG -3.00
28800 0
1 4581 15 DPSG -1.00
2 5101 15 DPSG 0
3 6613 15 DPSG 0
4 8514 15 DPSG 0
5 10255 15 DPSG 0
6 11835 15 DPSG 0
1 14936 15 16D'M 0
8 11548 15 16D'M 0
9 20611 15 16D'M 0
10 23310 15 16D'M 0
11 23310 15 16D'M 1.50
12 23310 15 16D'M 2.50
13 23310 15 16D'M 4.00
14 23310 15 16D'M 5.00
Ta1le -2/ 582 3appin. ta1le 2%
582&
or
582#
Transport
0lock Si<e
Nu31er of
6S+PS56
:odulation
>?ui4alent A@GN
S2NR difference
N2R
=r4p1
or =r4s1
0 4581 15 DPSG -3.00
28800 0
1 4581 15 DPSG -1.00
2 5101 15 DPSG 0
3 6613 15 DPSG 0
4 8514 15 DPSG 0
5 10255 15 DPSG 0
6 11835 15 DPSG 0
1 14936 15 16D'M 0
8 11548 15 16D'M 0
9 20611 15 16D'M 0
10 23310 15 16D'M 0
11 25558 15 16D'M 0
12 26969 15 16D'M 0
13 21456 15 16D'M 0
14 21952 15 16D'M 0
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! ,# Release "
Ta1le -2a/ 582 3appin. ta1le A%
582&
or
582#
Transport
0lock Si<e
Nu31er of
6S+PS56
:odulation
>?ui4alent A@GN
S2NR difference
N2R
=r4p1
or =r4s1
0 4592 15 DPSG -3.00
43200 0
1 4592 15 DPSG -1.00
2 5296 15 DPSG 0
3 1312 15 DPSG 0
4 9392 15 DPSG 0
5 11032 15 DPSG 0
6 14952 15 16D'M 0
1 11880 15 16D'M 0
8 21384 15 16D'M 0
9 24232 15 16D'M 0
10 21960 15 64D'M 0
11 32264 15 64D'M 0
12 32264 15 64D'M 2
13 32264 15 64D'M 4
14 32264 15 64D'M 6
Ta1le -21/ 582 3appin. ta1le B%
582&
or
582#
Transport
0lock Si<e
Nu31er of
6S+PS56
:odulation
>?ui4alent A@GN
S2NR difference
N2R
=r4p1
or =r4s1
0 4592 15 DPSG -3.00
43200 0
1 4592 15 DPSG -1.00
2 5296 15 DPSG 0
3 1312 15 DPSG 0
4 9392 15 DPSG 0
5 11032 15 DPSG 0
6 14952 15 16D'M 0
1 11880 15 16D'M 0
8 21384 15 16D'M 0
9 24232 15 16D'M 0
10 21960 15 64D'M 0
11 32264 15 64D'M 0
12 36568 15 64D'M 0
13 39984 15 64D'M 0
14 42192 15 64D'M 0
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! ,3 Release "
6'.3 <%era!io( dri(4 $o8%re""ed 8ode o( !&e a""o$ia!ed
6P,9 or *-6P,9
8urin compressed mode on the associated 8P1; or 7:8P1;- the followin applies for the 32 for transmission of
;!:8P11; and reception of ;!:!11; and ;!:P8!1;F
: The 32 shall nelect a ;!:!11; or ;!:P8!1; transmission- if a part of the ;!:!11; or a part of the
correspondin ;!:P8!1; overlaps with a downlin" transmission ap on the associated 8P1; or 7:8P1;. %n
this case- neither .1$- nor &.1$ shall be transmitted by the 32 to respond to the correspondin downlin"
transmission.
: %f a part of a ;!:8P11; slot allocated to ;./E:.1$ overlaps with an uplin" transmission ap on the
associated 8P1;- the 32 shall use 8TL on the ;!:8P11; in that ;!:8P11; slot.
: %f in a ;!:8P11; sub:frame a part of the slots allocated for 1E% information overlaps with an uplin"
transmission ap on the associated 8P1;- the 32 shall not transmit 1E% or composite P1%<1E% information in
that sub:frame.
: %f a 1E% report or a composite P1%<1E% report is scheduled in the current 1E% field accordin to subclause
?..,.*., pararaph (*) or subclause ?..,.*.* pararaph (*)- and the correspondin 3:slot reference period (as
defined in subclause ?..*., or subclause ?..*.*) wholly or partly overlaps a downlin" transmission ap- then
the 32 shall use 8TL in the current 1E% field and in the 1E% fields in the ne't (N_c%i_transmitK,) subframes.
6'.4 Pre$odi(4 $o(!rol i(di$a!io( (P,=) de5i(i!io(
The 32 uses the 1P%1;(s) transmitted from antenna , and antenna * to calculate the preferred precodin vectors to be
applied at &ode 0 to ma'imise the areate transport bloc" si(e that could be supported under current channel
conditions. &o matter whether one or two transport bloc"s are preferred- it is sufficient to sinal from the 32 to the
&ode 0 only the preferred primary precodin vector ( )
pref
*
pref
,
- - - - since the optional secondary precodin vector
will be a uniDue function of the primary one. Mhen sinle:stream restriction is not confiured the information on
whether one or two transport bloc"s are preferred is part of the 1E% reportin as defined in subclause ?..*.*. !ince the
first precodin weiht
pref
,
- of the preferred primary precodin vector ( )
pref
*
pref
,
- - - is constant- it is sufficient to
determine the precodin weiht for antenna *. %n each TT% durin which the 32 derives a composite P1%<1E% report-
the 32 shall calculate the optimum precodin weiht
pref
*
- for antenna *.
%f the 32 is not confiured with precodin weiht set restriction by the hiher layers- the optimum precodin weiht
pref
*
- for antenna * is ta"en from the setF

'
+ +

*
,
*
,
*
,
*
,
pref
*
j j j j
- .
%f the 32 is confiured with precodin weiht set restriction by the hiher layers- the optimum precodin vector weiht
pref
*
- for antenna * is ta"en from the set as defined in table A^+.
Ta1le -A* / Selection of the precodin. wei.ht set when the precodin. wei.ht set restriction is
confi.ured 1y hi.her layers
)um%er of *ransport Bloc!s preferred
in the composite PCI+C,I report
Precoding weight set from which the optimum
precoding weight
pref
*
- for antenna - is ta!en.
, (always the case when sinle:stream
restriction is confiured to the 32)

;

'
+

*
,
*
,
pref
*
j j
-
*

'
+ +

*
,
*
,
*
,
*
,
pref
*
j j j j
-
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! ,' Release "
The precodin weiht
pref
*
- is mapped to P1% values as defined in table A^.
Ta1le -A / :appin. of preferred precodin. wei.ht
pref
*
- to P52 4alues%
pref
*
- P52 4alue
*
, j +
0
*
, j
1
*
, j +
2
*
, j
3
6: --6,9 rela!ed %ro$edre"
The followin physical layer parameters are sinalled to the 32 from hiher layersF
,) 2:;%1; set to be monitored for each uplin" freDuency for which 2:81; is confiured
*) 2:/G1; set to be monitored for each uplin" freDuency for which 2:81; is confiured
%f the 32 is confiured with multiple uplin" freDuencies- then the !econdary=281;=1ell=2nabled is ,- otherwise
!econdary=281;=1ell=2nabled is + and !econdary=281;=1ell=.ctive is +.
The !econdary=281;=1ell=.ctive shall be set accordin to the followin rulesF
: !econdary=281;=1ell=.ctive is set to + when !econdary=281;=1ell=2nabled is + or
!econdary=1ell=.ctive is + (as described in subclause ?..,).
: !econdary=281;=1ell=.ctive shall remain set to +- when !econdary=281;=1ell=2nabled is chaned from +
to ,.
: !econdary=281;=1ell=.ctive shall be set to + or ,- upon the reception of ;!:!11; orders to deactivate or
activate the secondary uplin" carrier respectively as specified in H*I when !econdary=281;=1ell=2nabled is ,
and !econdary=1ell=.ctive is , (as described in subclause ?..,).
: !econdary=281;=1ell=.ctive shall be set to + or ,- upon the reception of ;!:!11; orders to deactivate or
activate both the secondary uplin" carrier and the secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell as specified in H*I when
!econdary=281;=1ell=2nabled is , (as described in subclause ?..,).
: !econdary=281;=1ell=.ctive can be set to + by hiher layers (as described in H>I).
!econdary=281;=1ell=.ctive shall be set to , while !econdary=281;=1ell=2nabled is ,- !econdary=1ell=.ctive is
, and the secondary uplin" freDuency is activated- otherwise !econdary=281;=1ell=.ctive shall be set to +. %f the
!econdary=281;=1ell=.ctive is already eDual to , when the 32 receives an ;!:!11; order for activation of the
secondary uplin" freDuency as specified in H*I- then the 32 shall not chane the status of
!econdary=281;=1ell=.ctive reardin the contents of the order- but shall transmit the ;./E:.1$ ac"nowledin
the ;!:!11; order.
;!:!11; ordered deactivation or activation of the secondary uplin" freDuency is applied by the 32 at the same point
in time as in the case of ;!:!11; ordered deactivation and activation of the secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell for a
32 confiured with multiple uplin" freDuencies (see subclause ?..,).
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! ,$ Release "
6:.1 ',G2+',G de!e$!io(
7or each activated uplin" freDuency- the physical layer in the 32 shall detect .1$ or &.1$ within the 2:;%1; set
that is monitored by the 32 in the subframes where .1$<&.1$ is transmitted by the 3T/.& and deliver the
.1$<&.1$ to the hiher layers as followsF
: Mhen a 32 is not in soft handover- an .1$ shall be delivered to the hiher layers if a reliable .1$ is detected
by the physical layer in the 32- else a &.1$ shall be delivered to the hiher layers.
: Mhen a 32 is in soft handover- multiple .1$<&.1$s may be received in an 2:81; TT% from different cells
in the active set. %n some cases- the 32 has the "nowlede that some of the transmitted .1$<&.1$s are the
same. This is the case when the radio lin"s are in the same radio lin" set. 7or these cases- .1$<&.1$s from
the same radio lin" set shall be soft combined into one .1$<&.1$ information and delivered to hiher layers.
%f a radio lin" set contains only one radio lin"- the detection shall be done as specified above for the case where
the 32 is not in soft handover. 7or each radio lin" set containin multiple radio lin"s- an .1$ shall be
delivered to the hiher layers if a reliable .1$ is detected by the physical layer in the 32 after soft combinin-
else a &.1$ shall be delivered to the hiher layers.
6:.2 Rela!i7e 4ra(!" de!e$!io(
7or each activated uplin" freDuency- the physical layer in the 32 shall detect relative rants within the 2:/G1; set that
is monitored by the 32 and deliver the relative rants to the hiher layers as followsF
: Mhen a 32 is not in soft handover- an 3P shall be delivered to the hiher layers if a reliable 3P is detected by
the physical layer in the 32- else a 8OM& shall be delivered to the hiher layers if a reliable 8OM& is
detected by the 32- else a ;O58 shall be delivered to the hiher layers.
: Mhen a 32 is in soft handover- multiple relative rants may be received in an 2:81; TT% from different cells
in the 2:81; active set. The 32 shall handle the 2:/G1; received from these cells as followsF
o %f the 2:81; servin radio lin" set contains only one radio lin"- the detection shall be done as
specified above for the case where the 32 is not in soft handover. %f the 2:81; servin radio lin" set
contains more than one radio lin"- the relative rants from the 2:81; servin radio lin" set are the
same and shall be soft combined into one sinle relative rant informationG an 3P shall be delivered to
the hiher layers if a reliable 3P is detected by the physical layer in the 32 after soft combinin- else
a 8OM& shall be delivered to the hiher layers if a reliable 8OM& is detected by the 32 after soft
combinin- else a ;O58 shall be delivered to the hiher layers.
o 7urthermore- for each relative rant received from a radio lin" which does not belon to the 2:81;
servin radio lin" set- a 8OM& shall be delivered to the hiher layers if a reliable 8OM& is detected
by the 32- else a ;O58 shall be delivered to the hiher layers. The 32 shall not soft combine
relative rants received from radio lin"s which do not belon to the 2:81; servin radio lin" set.
6:.3 --6,9 $o(!rol !i8i(4
%n sub:clauses ?0.3., and ?0.3.* the word JfirstJ refers to the earliest point in time.
6:.3.1 10 8" --6,9 TT=
7or each cell in the 2:81; active set- the 32 shall associate the control data received in the 2:;%1; frame associated
with !7& i to the data transmitted in the 2:8P81; frame associated with !7& i!9.
7or each cell which belons to the servin 2:81; radio lin" set- the 32 shall first ta"e into account 2:81; control
data received in the 2:/G1; frame associated with !7& i in the hiher layer procedures which correspond to 2:81;
transmission in the 2:8P81; frame associated with !7& i)*.
7or each cell which does not belon to the servin 2:81; radio lin" set the 32 shall first ta"e into account 2:81;
control data received in the 2:/G1; frame associated with !7& i in the hiher layer procedures which correspond to
2:81; transmission in the 2:8P81; frame associated with !7& i)*)s whereF
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! ,, Release "
( )
1
1
1

,>+
*>? ,?+
-n 0PC6
s

The 32 shall first ta"e into account 2:81; control data received in the 2:.G1; frame associated with !7& i in the
hiher layer procedures which correspond to 2:81; transmission in the 2:8P81; frame associated with !7& i)*)s
whereF
( )
1
1
1

,>+
*>? ,++
-n 0PC6
s

Mhen a downlin" 7:8P1; is confiured-
n 0PC6 " n 0PC6 - -

.
6:.3.2 2 8" --6,9 TT=
7or each cell in the 2:81; active set- the 32 shall associate the 2:81; control data received in sub:frame j of the 2:
;%1; frame associated with !7& i to sub:frame t of the 2:8P81; frame associated with !7& i!s whereF
]
3 , j s
- and
( ) > mod * + j t
7or each cell which belons to the servin 2:81; radio lin" set- the 32 shall first ta"e into account 2:81; control
data received in sub:frame j of the 2:/G1; frame associated with !7& i in the hiher layer procedures which
correspond to 2:81; transmission in sub:frame j of the 2:8P81; frame associated with !7& i)*.
7or each cell which does not belon to the servin 2:81; radio lin" set the 32 shall first ta"e into account 2:81;
control data received in the 2:/G1; frame associated with !7& i in the hiher layer procedures which correspond to
2:81; transmission in sub:frame t of the 2:8P81; frame associated with !7& i)*)s whereF
( )
1
1
1
1
]
1

1
1
1

>
3+
*>? ,?+
-n 0PC6
s

- and
( )
1
1
1

3+
,>+ *>? ,?+
-
s
t
n 0PC6

The 32 shall first ta"e into account 2:81; control data received in sub:frame j of the 2:.G1; frame associated with
!7& i in the hiher layer procedures which correspond to 2:81; transmission in sub:frame t of the 2:8P81; frame
associated with !7& i)s whereF
( )
1
1
1
1
1
]
1

1
1
1

>
3+
*>? ,++ 3+
-n 0PC6
j
s

- and
( )
1
1
1

3+
,>+ *>? ,++ 3+
-
s j
t
n 0PC6

Mhen a downlin" 7:8P1; is confiured-

n 0PC6 " n 0PC6 - -

.
6:.4 <%era!io( dri(4 $o8%re""ed 8ode
6:.4.1 U%li(; $o8%re""ed 8ode
Mhen 2:81; TT% lenth is * ms- the 32 shall not transmit 2:81; data in a TT% which fully or partly overlaps with an
uplin" transmission ap.
;andlin of uplin" compressed mode when the 2:81; TT% is ,+msec is described in H*I.
6:.4.2 6o3(li(; $o8%re""ed 8ode
The followin applies for the 32 for reception of 2:;%1;- 2:/G1; and 2:.G1;- durin compressed mode on the
8P1; or 7:8P1;F
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! ,- Release "
: . 32 shall decode 2:;%1;- 2:/G1; or 2:.G1; transmissions to the 32 usin all the slots which do not
overlap a downlin" transmission ap.
: The 32 may discard 2:;%1;- 2:/G1; or 2:.G1; slots which overlap a downlin" transmission ap.
6, 6i"$o(!i(o" !ra("8i""io( a(d re$e%!io(
%ro$edre"
Mhether discontinuous uplin" 8P11; transmission operation or discontinuous downlin" reception operation are
applied is determined by the settins of 35=8TL=.ctive and 85=8/L=.ctive as followsF
35=8TL=.ctive shall be set to T/32 while 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is T/32 and discontinuous uplin" 8P11;
transmission is activated. Otherwise- 35=8TL=.ctive shall be set to 7.5!2.
8iscontinuous uplin" 8P11; transmission shall be activated at the time when 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is set to
T/32- and may be further deactivated or activated by layer , ;!:!11; orders (see section ?1.9).
85=8/L=.ctive shall be set to T/32 while 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is T/32 and 35=8TL=.ctive is T/32 and
discontinuous downlin" reception is activated. Otherwise- 85=8/L=.ctive shall be set to 7.5!2.
8iscontinuous downlin" reception shall be activated at the time when 32=8TL=8/L=2nabled is set to T/32- and
may be further deactivated or activated by layer , ;!:!11; orders (see section ?1.9).
The hiher layers define the discontinuous transmission and reception procedures usin the followin parametersF
7or discontinuous 35 8P11; transmissionF
C,I.D*/.*I'01F !pecifies the number of subframes durin which the 1E% reports have hiher priority than the
8TL pattern. This is the initial value of 1E% nominal reportin timer.
20.D*/.ccle.$F 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern lenth in subframes.
20.D*/.ccle.-F 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern lenth in subframes.
Inactivit.*hreshold.for.20.D*/.ccle.-F 8efines a number of consecutive 2:81; TT%s without an 2:81;
transmission- after which the 32 shall immediately move from 32=8TL=cycle=, to usin 32=8TL=cycle=*.
20.DPCC3.%urst.$F 8etermines the 3plin" 8P11; burst lenth in subframes- when 32=8TL=cycle=, is applied.
20.DPCC3.%urst.-F 8etermines the 3plin" 8P11; burst lenth in subframes- when 32=8TL=cycle=* is applied.
20.D*/.long.pream%le.lengthF 8etermines in slots the lenth of the preamble associated with the
32=8TL=cycle=*.
7or both discontinuous 35 8P11; transmission and discontinuous downlin" receptionF
20.D*/.D1/ (ffsetF 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern and ;!:!11; reception pattern offset in subframes.
0na%ling.DelaF defined in H>I- ensures that the uplin" 8P11; and downlin" 7:8P1; are transmitted continuously
for 2nablin=8elay radio frames after 8TL=8/L=!T.T3! is set to T/32 or ensures that- with 8TL=8/L=!T.T3!
set to T/32- the uplin" 8P11; on the secondary uplin" freDuency is transmitted continuously for 2nablin=8elay
radio frames after application of secondary uplin" freDuency activation.
7or discontinuous downlin" receptionF
20.D1/ ccleF ;!:!11; reception pattern lenth in subframes.
Inactivit.*hreshold.for.20.D1/.ccleF 8efines the number of subframes after an ;!:!11; reception or after the
first slot of an ;!:P8!1; reception (as defined in ?1.3) durin which the 32 is reDuired to monitor the ;!:!11;s in
the 32\s ;!:!11; set continuously with the e'ceptions of &=ac"nac"=transmitP, or %nterTT%P,.
20.D1/.4rant.'onitoringF . 0oolean which determines whether the 32 is reDuired to monitor the 2:.G1;
transmissions from the servin 2:81; cell and the 2:/G1; from cells in the servin 2:81; radio lin" set when the
conditions in subclause ?1.3 are met.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! ,) Release "
6,.1 U%li(; ,D= !ra("8i""io(
Mhen 35=8TL=.ctive is 7.5!2 (see section ?1)- the 32 shall always transmit the 1hannel:Euality %ndication (1E%)
in the 1E% transmission pattern defined in ?..,.*.
Mhen 35=8TL=.ctive is T/32 (see section ?1)- the 32 shall perform the followin proceduresF
: The 32 shall set the initial value of the variable 1E%=8TL=Priority to ,.
: /eset the J1E% nominal reportin timerJ to 1E%=8TL=T%M2/ at the first ;!:8P11; subframe boundary.
.fterwards- when 35=8TL=.ctive is T/32- the 32 sets the 1E%=8TL=Priority based on the status of a J1E%
nominal reportin timerJ which is countin down to (ero in ;!:8P11; subframes from the value 1E%=8TL=T%M2/
which is confiured by hiher layers.
The settin of 1E%=8TL=Priority to , is described in subclause ?..,.,.
3pon the e'piration of the 1E% nominal reportin timer- the 32 shall set 1E%=8TL=Priority to +.
1E%=8TL=PriorityO+ indicates that 1E% reports have lower priority than the 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern. %f
1E%=8TL=Priority is set to +- the 32 shall transmit the 1hannel:Euality %ndication (1E%)- and all repeated 1E%
transmissions (correspondin to the servin ;!:8!1; cell and the secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell) accordin to the
value of &=cDi=transmit- only if the start of the 1E% field correspondin to the servin ;!:8!1; cell in the 1E%
transmission pattern as defined in ?..,.* overlaps with a 8P11; transmission burst of the 3plin" 8P11; burst
pattern as indicated in ?1.*.,.
1E%=8TL=PriorityO, indicates that 1E% reports have hiher priority than the 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern. %f
1E%=8TL=Priority is set to ,-
: the 32 shall always transmit the 1hannel:Euality %ndication (1E%)- in the 1E% transmission pattern defined in
?..,.*.
: The repeated 1E% transmissions accordin to the value of &=cDi=transmit are transmitted only if the start of
the 1E% field in the 1E% transmission pattern- as defined in ?..,.*- is transmitted.
6,.2 6i"$o(!i(o" %li(; 6P,,9 !ra("8i""io( o%era!io(
Mhen 35=8TL=.ctive is 7.5!2 (see section ?1) the 32 shall transmit the uplin" 8P11; in each slot e'cept in the
slots overlappin a compressed mode transmission ap.
Mhen 35=8TL=.ctive is T/32 (see section ?1)- in addition to the conditions defined in ?1.> the 32 shall not
transmit the uplin" 8P11; in a slot on an activated uplin" freDuency when all of the followin conditions are met for
that uplin" freDuencyF
,. There is no ;./E:.1$ transmission on ;!:8P11; as indicated in ?.., overlappin with the 35 8P11;
slot-
*. There is no 1E% transmission on ;!:8P11; as indicated in ?1., overlappin with the 35 8P11; slot-
3. There is no 2:81; transmission durin the 35 8P11; slot-
9. The slot is in a ap in the 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern defined in ?1.*.,-
>. The 35 8P11; preamble or postamble defined in ?1.*.* is not transmitted in the slot.
?. 2ither the uplin" freDuency is a secondary uplin" freDuency where at least 2nablin=8elay radio frames have
passed since the activation of the secondary uplin" freDuency was applied- or it is a primary uplin" freDuency.
The procedures for the 7:8P1; transmission and reception in case of discontinuous uplin" 8P11; operation are
defined in sub:clause >.,.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! ," Release "
6,.2.1 U%li(; 6P,,9 )r"! %a!!er(
The 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern and the uplin" 8P11; preamble and postamble (?1.*.*) toether define the
discontinuous uplin" 8P11; operation.
The 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern is illustrated in 7iure *. for *ms 2:81; TT% and 7iure *0 for ,+ms 2:81; TT%.
The 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern defines the minimum set of slots where the 32 shall transmit the 35:8P11;.
The 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern shall be derived as follows.
%f there has not been any 2:81; transmission for the last %nactivity=Threshold=for=32=8TL=cycle=* 2:81; TT%s-
and at least this many TT%s have passed since the end of the 2nablin=8elay- thenF
The transmission lenth in the 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern shall be 32=8P11;=burst=* subframes.
The ap lenth followin the 8P11; transmission burst in the 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern shall be
o (32=8TL=cycle=* K 32=8P11;=burst=*) subframes-
The first subframe in each 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern shall be such that
o the 17& and 8P11; subframe number ! verify
((>V17& : 32=8TL=8/L=Offset U !) '(D 32=8TL=cycle=*) O +
OtherwiseF
The transmission lenth in the 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern shall be 32=8P11;=burst=, subframes.
The ap lenth followin the 8P11; transmission burst in the 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern shall be
o (32=8TL=cycle=, K 32=8P11;=burst=,) subframes.
The first subframe in each 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern shall be such that
o the 17& and 8P11; subframe number ! verify
((>V17& : 32=8TL=8/L=Offset U !) '(D 32=8TL=cycle=,) O +
%n case the 8TL cycle pattern chanes durin a transmission of an 3plin" 8P11; burst- the followin shall applyF
: the previously derived lenth of the 3plin" 8P11; burst which has already been started shall not be affected
by the chane of the 8TL cycle pattern.
: if the 35 8P11; burst- which is derived accordin to the new 8TL cycle pattern- overlaps with the onoin
35 8P11; burst- the non:overlappin portion of the burst- if any- shall be transmitted.
: the chane in the 8TL cycle pattern from 32=8TL=cycle=* to 32=8TL=cycle=, shall occur only at the end
of an 2:81; transmission.
&OT2F The 2:81; transmission start time after data transmission inactivity may be restricted as described in HCI
to allow discontinuous reception at &ode 0.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! -* Release "
Fi.ure #A/ >Ca3ple for 9plink P556 1urst pattern for #3s >+56 TT2 1e.innin. at 5FN7& (with
9>DT=DR=D;ffset 7 ,!
Fi.ure #0/ >Ca3ple for 9plink P556 1urst pattern for &*3s >+56 TT2 1e.innin. at 5FN7& (with
9>DT=DR=D;ffset 7 $!
&oteF 7iures *. and *0 do not show the application of preambles and postambles as described in section ?1.*.*.
6,.2.2 U%li(; 6P,,9 %rea8)le a(d %o"!a8)le
&OT2F The Suplin" 8P11; preambleT specified in this subclause is not the same as the Suplin" 8P11; power control
preambleT specified in clauses 9 and >.
6,.2.2.1 U%li(; 6P,,9 %rea8)le a(d %o"!a8)le 5or !&e 6P,,9 o(ly !ra("8i""io(
%f a 32 will start a transmission of 8P11; based on the 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern at the start of slot s and finish its
8P11; transmission at the end of slot t- the 32 shall start the 8P11; transmission at the start of slot s:* and continue
the 8P11; transmission till the end of slot tU,.
6,.2.2.2 U%li(; 6P,,9 %rea8)le a(d %o"!a8)le 5or !&e --6,9 !ra("8i""io(
%f a 32 will start a transmission of 2:8P11; and 2:8P81; on a 2:81; TT%- the 32 shall start the 8P11;
transmission * slots prior to the 2:81; TT% and continue the 8P11; transmission durin the 2:81; TT% and
consecutive 2:81; TT%s and , slot after the last consecutive 2:81; TT%.
%n addition- if there has not been any 2:81; transmission for the last %nactivity=Threshold=for=32=8TL=cycle=* 2:
81; TT%s- and if a 32 will start a transmission of 2:8P11; and 2:8P81; on a 2:81; TT%- the 32 shall start the
8P11; transmission 32=8TL=lon=preamble=lenth slots prior to the 2:81; TT% and continue the 8P11;
transmission durin the 2:81; TT% and consecutive 2:81; TT%s and , slot after the last consecutive 2:81; TT%.
6,.2.2.3 U%li(; 6P,,9 %rea8)le a(d %o"!a8)le 5or !&e 9S-6P,,9 !ra("8i""io(
%f a 32 will start a transmission of ;./E:.1$- the 32 shall start the 8P11; transmission * slots prior to the
8P11; slot that coincides with or overlaps the start of the ;./E:.1$ field- unless the ;./E:.1$ transmission is
an ;./E Preamble (P/2) in an ;!:8P11; sub:frame n K * as defined in subclause ?..,.,. The 32 shall continue the
8P11; transmission durin the ;./E:.1$ field and until the end of the first full 8P11; slot after the end of the
;./E:.1$ field.
%f a 32 will start a transmission of 1E%- the 32 shall start the 8P11; transmission 3 slots prior to the 8P11; slot that
coincides with or overlaps the start of the 1E% field- and continue the 8P11; transmission durin the 1E% field and
until the end of the first full 8P11; slot after the end of the 1E% field.
%n addition- if there has not been any 2:81; transmission for the last %nactivity=Threshold=for=32=8TL=cycle=* 2:
81; TT%s- and if a 32 will start a transmission of 1E%- the 32 shall start the 8P11; transmission
(32=8TL=lon=preamble=lenth U ,) slots prior to the 8P11; slot that coincides with or overlaps the start of the 1E%
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! -& Release "
field- and continue the 8P11; transmission durin the 1E% field and until the end of the first full 8P11; slot after the
end of the 1E% field. %f the transmission of the 1E% is not "nown to the 32 in advance due to the chane of
1E%=8TL=Priority from + to ,- or due to the chane from 32=8TL=cycle=, to 32=8TL=cycle=*- the preamble for
the first 1E% after the chane may start late resultin in a shorter preamble.
6,.3 6i"$o(!i(o" do3(li(; re$e%!io(
The ;!:!11; reception pattern is derived from a discontinuous reception subframe numberin as follows.
The discontinuous ;!:!11; reception subframe numberin is such thatF
: . ;!:!11; discontinuous reception radio frame is ,+ ms lon and is inde'ed usin 17&=8/L.
: The start of the ;!:!11; discontinuous reception radio frame of 17&=8/L n is alined with the start of the
;!:!11; subframe that starts 8/L chips after the start of the associated downlin" 7:8P1; of 17& n where
chips T chips 3B9+ : 3B9+
+ 8/L
<
.
: The ;!:!11; subframe !=8/LO+ is alined with the start of the ;!:!11; discontinuous reception radio
frame. The ;!:!11; subframes are numbered !=8/LO+ to !=8/LO9.
: The ;!:P8!1; discontinuous reception radio frame of 17&=8/L n starts ;!:P8!1; chips after the start of the
;!:!11; discontinuous reception radio frame of 17&=8/L n. The ;!:P8!1; subframe !=8/LO+ is alined
with the start of the ;!:P8!1; discontinuous reception radio frame. The ;!:P8!1; subframes are numbered
!=8/LO+ to !=8/LO9.
: The ;!:8P11; discontinuous transmission radio frame of 17&=8/L n starts at the ;!:8P11; subframe
boundary closest in time to ,*B+ chips after the start of the ;!:!11; discontinuous reception radio frame of
17&=8/L n as received at the 32. The ;!:8P11; subframe !=8/LO+ is alined with the start of the ;!:
8P11; discontinuous transmission radio frame. The ;!:8P11; subframes are numbered !=8/LO+ to
!=8/LO9.
The ;!:!11; reception pattern is the set of subframes whose ;!:!11; discontinuous reception radio frame number
17&=8/L and subframe number !=8/L verifyF
((>V17&=8/L : 32=8TL=8/L=Offset U !=8/L ) '(D 32=8/L cycle) O +
Mhen 85=8/L=.ctive is 7.5!2 (see section ?1)- the 32 shall monitor and receive all downlin" physical channels
continuously.
Mhen 85=8/L=.ctive is T/32 (see section ?1)- the 32 shall continue to receive 7:8P1; as described in sub:clause
>., and the 32 need not receive physical downlin" channels other than the 7:8P1; e'cept for the followin casesF
,. The 32 shall receive 2:;%1; (sub:)frame correspondin to an 2:81; transmission as specified in subclause
?0.
*. The 32 shall monitor the ;!:!11; subframes in the ;!:!11; reception pattern.
3. The 32 shall receive an ;!:P8!1; subframe as specified in sub:clause ?..
9. The 32 has received an ;!:!11; or an ;!:P8!1; subframe durin the last
%nactivity=Threshold=for=32=8/L=cycle subframes which was not an ;!:!11; order.
>. The 32 shall monitor 2:.G1; transmission from the servin 2:81; cell in the followin casesF
o %f 32=8/L=Grant=Monitorin is T/32 and the 2:.G1; subframe (in case of a *ms TT%) or
frame (in case of a ,+ms TT%) overlaps with the start of an ;!:!11; reception subframe as
defined in the ;!:!11; reception pattern-
o Mhen conditions defined in subclause ,,.B.,.B of HCI are fulfilled.
?. The 32 shall monitor 2:/G1; transmission from a cell in the servin 2:81; radio lin" set in the followin
casesF
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! -# Release "
o %f 32=8/L=Grant=Monitorin is T/32 and the correspondin subframe (in case of a *ms TT%) or
frame (in case of a ,+ms TT%) of the servin cell 2:/G1; overlaps with the start of an ;!:!11;
reception subframe as defined in the ;!:!11; reception pattern.
o Mhen conditions defined in subclause ,,.B.,.B of HCI are fulfilled.
A. The 32 shall monitor the 2:/G1;(s) from all the other cells in the 2:81; active set- e'cept from the cells in
the servin 2:81; radio lin" set- in the followin caseF
o Mhen conditions defined as determined in subclause ,,.B.,.B of HCI are fulfilled.
The ;!:!11; reception pattern is illustrated by 7iure *1 for a *ms 2:81; TT%. The rey subframes correspond to
the ;!:!11; reception pattern 32=8/L=cycleO9.
Fi.ure #5/ >Ca3ple for 6S+S556 reception patternE #3s >+56 TT2
The ;!:!11; reception pattern is illustrated by 7iure *8 for a ,+ ms TT% 2:81;. The rey subframes correspond to
the ;!:!11; reception pattern ._0R:_c;cleO>.
Fi.ure #/ >Ca3ple for 6S+S556 reception patternE &*3s >+56 TT2
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! -3 Release "
6,.4 9S-S,,9 order"
The &ode 0 may activate and deactivate the discontinuous downlin" reception operation and discontinuous uplin"
8P11; transmission operation throuh physical layer commands transmitted on one of the ;!:!11; in the ;!:!11;
set as specified in H*I and in subclause ?..,.,.
- The activation and deactivation of the discontinuous uplin" 8P11; transmission operation is applied by
the 32 at the earliest 2:81; TT% boundary coincidin with or followin the beinnin of the ;!:8P11;
subframe containin the ;./E:.1$ correspondin to the order.
- The activation and deactivation of the discontinuous downlin" reception operation is applied by the 32 ,*
slots after the endin of the ;!:!11; subframe deliverin the order.
- The activation and deactivation shall affect all freDuencies confiured to the 32.
6,.5 <%era!io( dri(4 $o8%re""ed 8ode
Mhen in compressed mode- the 32 shall behave accordin to subclauses ?..3 and ?0.9 includin the followin rules.
The uplin" discontinuous transmission operation is not impacted by the compressed mode in the radio frames that do
not overlap an uplin" compressed mode transmission ap as defined in subclause ?.,., of H9I.
%n radio frames that overlap an uplin" compressed mode transmission ap as defined in subclause ?.,., of H9I- the
uplin" 8P11; shall be transmitted in all slots in the radio frame that do not overlap the uplin" compressed mode
transmission ap if either of the followin is trueF
- an uplin" 8P11; transmission defined by the 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern accordin to subclause ?1.*.,
overlaps an uplin" compressed mode transmission ap- or
- an uplin" 8P11; preamble or postamble accordin to subclause ?1.*.* correspondin to an uplin"
8P11; transmission defined by the 3plin" 8P11; burst pattern overlaps an uplin" compressed mode
transmission ap.
%f the * bullets above are not true- the followin are not affected by compressed modeF
- uplin" 8P11; transmission accordin to 3plin" 8P11; burst patterns defined in subclause ?1.*.,-
- uplin" 8P11; preamble transmission correspondin to an uplin" 8P11; transmission defined by the
3plin" 8P11; burst pattern-
- uplin" 8P11; postamble transmission correspondin to an uplin" 8P11; transmission defined by the
3plin" 8P11; burst pattern.
%f part of an uplin" 8P11; preamble or postamble correspondin to an 2:81; or ;!:8P11; transmission overlaps
an uplin" compressed mode transmission ap- then that part of the preamble or postamble shall not be transmitted.
%f an ;!:!11; subframe in the ;!:!11; reception pattern for downlin" discontinuous reception accordin to
subclause ?1.3 overlaps with a downlin" compressed mode transmission ap- the followin is trueF
- the reception of an ;!:!11; subframe is postponed to the first full ;!:!11; subframe after the
downlin" compressed mode transmission ap.
- if 32=8/L=Grant=Monitorin is T/32 and the conditions defined in subclause ,,.B.,.B of HCI are not
fulfilled- the 32 may discard the 2:.G1; and 2:/G1; subframe (in case of *ms TT%) or frame (in case
of ,+ms TT%) that overlaps with the start of the postponed ;!:!11; subframe.
&ote that the compressed mode parameters (see H>I) S35 compressed mode methodT- S85 compressed mode methodT
and Sscramblin code chaneT have no effect on the 32 behaviour while 8TL=8/L=!T.T3! is T/32.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! -' Release "
1 ,lo"ed loo% 8ode 1 !ra("8i! di7er"i!y
The eneral transmitter structure to support closed loop mode transmit diversity for 8P1; transmission is shown in
fiure 3. 1hannel codin- interleavin and spreadin are done as in non:diversity mode. The spread comple' valued
sinal is fed to both TL antenna branches- and weihted with antenna specific weiht factors -* and -&. The weiht
factor -* is a constant scalar and the weiht factor -& is comple' valued sinal.
The weiht factor -& (actually the correspondin phase adjustment) is determined by the 32- and sinalled to the
3T/.& access point (i.e. cell transceiver) usin the 70% field of uplin" 8P11;.
7or the closed loop mode , different orthoonal dedicated pilot symbols in the 8P11; are sent on the * different
antennas.
S%read2"$ra8)le
w
,
w
*
6P,9
6P,,9
6P6,9

,P=,9
1

,P=,9
2
'(!
1
'(!
2
Hei4&! Ge(era!io(
w
,
w
*
8etermine 70% messae
from 3plin" 8P11;
Fi.ure 3/ The .eneric downlink trans3itter structure to support closed loop 3ode trans3it di4ersity
for P56 trans3ission%
1losed loop mode , characteristics are summarised in the Table B. The use of the closed loop mode , is controlled via
hiher layer sinallin.
Ta1le )/ Su33ary of nu31er of feed1ack infor3ation 1its per slotE NF0E feed1ack co33and len.th in
slotsE N@E feed1ack co33and rateE feed1ack 1it rateE nu31er of phase 1itsE NphE per si.nallin. wordE
nu31er of a3plitude 1itsE NpoE per si.nallin. word and a3ount of constellation rotation at 9> for the
closed loop 3ode &%
NF0 N@ 9pdate
rate
Feed1ack 1it
rate
Npo Nph 5onstellation
rotation
1 1 1500 9A 1500 )%" 0 1 22
1.1 Ge(eral %ro$edre
The 32 uses the 1P%1; to separately estimate the channels seen from each antenna.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! -$ Release "
Once every slot- the 32 computes the phase adjustment- - that should be applied at the 3T/.& access point to
ma'imise the 32 received power. 8urin soft handover- the 32 computes the phase adjustment to ma'imise the total
32 received power from the cells in the active set. %n the case that a ;!:P8!1; is associated with a 8P1; for which
closed loop mode , is applied- the antenna weihts applied to the ;!:P8!1;- are the same as the antenna weihts
applied to the associated 8P1;. %n case a ;!:P8!1; is associated with a 8P1; durin soft handover- the 32 may
emphasi(e the radio lin" transmitted from ;!:8!1; servin cell- respectively- when calculatin the antenna weihts.
.n e'ample of how the computations can be accomplished is iven in .nne' ..*.
The 32 feeds bac" to the 3T/.& access point the information on which phase<power settins to use. 7eedbac"
!inallin Messae (7!M) bits are transmitted in the 70% field of uplin" 8P11; slot(s) (see H,I). 2ach messae is of
lenth N1 O NpoUNph bits and its format is shown in the fiure 9. The transmission order of bits is from M!0 to 5!0-
i.e. M!0 is transmitted first. 7!Mpo and 7!Mph subfields are used to transmit the power and phase settins- respectively.
7!M
ph
ph
M!0 5!0
7!M
po
7!M
ph
N
ph
N
po
Fi.ure '/ For3at of feed1ack si.nallin. 3essa.e% FS:po trans3its the power settin. and FS:ph the
phase settin.%
The adjustments are made by the 3T/.& .ccess Point at the beinnin of the downlin" 8P11; pilot field. The
downlin" slot in which the adjustment is done is sinalled to 5, of 32 by hiher layers. Two possibilities e'istF
,) Mhen feedbac" command is transmitted in uplin" slot i- which is transmitted appro'imately ,+*9 chips in offset
from the received downlin" slot j- the adjustment is done at the beinnin of the pilot field of the downlin" slot
(jU,) mod ,>.
*) Mhen feedbac" command is transmitted in uplin" slot i- which is transmitted appro'imately ,+*9 chips in offset
from the received downlin" slot j- the adjustment is done at the beinnin of the pilot field of the downlin" slot
(jU*) mod ,>.
Thus- adjustment timin at 3T/.& .ccess Point is either accordin to ,) or *) as controlled by the hiher layers.
%n case of soft handover- 5ayer , shall support different adjustment timin values for different radio lin"s in the same
active set.
The timin of the weiht adjustment of the ;!:P8!1; is such that the ;!:P8!1; weiht adjustment is done at the
;!:P8!1; slot border- respectively- M chips after the adjustment of the associated 8P1;- where + M Q *>?+.
1.2 6e!er8i(a!io( o5 5eed)a$; i(5or8a!io(
The 32 uses the 1P%1; transmitted both from antenna , and antenna * to calculate the phase adjustment to be applied
at 3T/.& access point to ma'imise the 32 received power. %n each slot- 32 calculates the optimum phase adjustment-
- for antenna *- which is then Duanti(ed into
<

havin two possible values as followsF

'
<

otherwise - +
* < 3 ) ( * < if -

i
r
<
(,)
whereF

'

,3 - ,, - C - A - > - 3 - , - * <
,9 - ,* - ,+ - B - ? - 9 - * - + - +
) (
i
i
i
r

(*)
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! -, Release "
%f
<

O +- a command #+# is send to 3T/.& usin the 7!Mph field. 1orrespondinly- if

<

O - command #,# is send

to 3T/.& usin the 7!Mph field.
8ue to rotation of the constellation at 32 the 3T/.& interprets the received commands accordin to table C which
shows the mappin between phase adjustment-
i
- and received feedbac" command for each uplin" slot.
Ta1le "/ Phase adjust3entsE i, correspondin. to feed1ack co33ands for the slots i of the 9F radio
fra3e
Slot G * & # 3 ' $ , - ) " &* && &# &3 &'
*SM 0 0 22 0 22 0 22 0 22 0 22 0 22 0 22 0
1 -22 -22 -22 -22 -22 -22 -22
The weiht -& is then calculated by averain the received phases over * consecutive slots. .lorithmically- -& is
calculated as followsF
*
) sin(
*
) cos(
, ,
*


+
n
n i
i
n
n i
i
j -

(3)
whereF
{ } * < - * < - - +
i
(9)
7or antenna ,- -* is constantF
* < ,
,
- (>)
1.2.1 -(d o5 5ra8e ad?"!8e(!
%n closed loop mode , at frame borders the averain operation is slihtly modified. 3pon reception of the 70
command for slot + of a frame- the averae is calculated based on the command for slot ,3 of the previous frame and
the command for slot + of the current frame- i.e. i from slot ,9 is not usedF
*
) sin( ) sin(
*
) cos( ) cos(
+
,
,3 +
,
,3
*
j j j j
j -
+
+
+

(?)
whereF
:
,
,3
j
O phase adjustment from frame j:,- slot ,3.
:
j
+
O phase adjustment from frame j- slot +.
1.2.2 +or8al i(i!iali"a!io(
7or the first frame of transmission 32 determines the feedbac" commands in a normal way and sends them to 3T/.&.
0efore the first 70 command is received- the 3T/.& shall use the initial weiht ) , (
*
,
*
j - + .
;avin received the first 70 command the 3T/.& calculates -& as followsF
*
) sin( ) * < sin(
*
) cos( ) * < cos(
+ +
*
+
+
+
j - (A)
whereF
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! -- Release "
+
O phase adjustment from slot + of the first frame.
1.2.3 <%era!io( dri(4 $o8%re""ed 8ode
1.2.3.1 6o3(li(; i( $o8%re""ed 8ode a(d %li(; i( (or8al 8ode
Mhen downlin" is in compressed mode but uplin" is operatin normally (i.e. not compressed) the 3T/.& continues
it#s T' diversity related functions in the same way as in non:compressed downlin" mode.
%n downlin" transmission aps there are uplin" slots for which no new estimate of the phase adjustment is calculated.
8urin these slots the followin rules are applied in 32 when determinin the feedbac" commandF
,) %f no new estimate of phase adjustment i e'ists correspondin to the feedbac" command to be sent in uplin" slot
iF
: %f , Q i Q ,>F
: the feedbac" command sent in uplin" slot i:* is usedG
: else if i O +F
: the feedbac" command sent in uplin" slot ,9 of previous frame is usedG
: else if i O ,F
: the feedbac" command sent in uplin" slot ,3 of previous frame is usedG
: end if.
*) Mhen transmission in downlin" is started aain in downlin" slot &lastU, (if &lastU, O ,>- then slot + in the ne't
frame) the 32 must resume calculatin new estimates of the phase adjustment. The feedbac" command
correspondin to the first new estimate of i must be sent in the uplin" slot which is transmitted appro'imately
,+*9 chips in offset from the downlin" slot &lastU,.
1.2.3.2 :o!& do3(li(; a(d %li(; i( $o8%re""ed 8ode
8urin the uplin" transmission aps no 70 commands are sent from 32 to 3T/.&. Mhen transmission in downlin" is
started aain in downlin" slot &lastU, (if &lastU, O ,>- then slot + in the ne't frame) the 32 must resume calculatin new
estimates of the phase adjustment. The feedbac" command correspondin to the first new estimate of i must be sent in
the uplin" slot which is transmitted appro'imately ,+*9 chips in offset from the downlin" slot &lastU,.
The 3T/.& continues to update the weiht -* until the uplin" transmission ap starts and no more 70 commands are
received. Mhen the transmission in downlin" resumes in slot &lastU,- the value of -*- calculated after receivin the last
70 command before the start of the uplin" transmission ap- is applied to antenna * sinal.
.fter the 32 resumes transmission in uplin" and sends the first 70 command- the new value of -* is calculated as
followsF
: !, O _+- *- 9- ?- B- ,+- ,* ,9`.
: !* O _,- 3- >- A- C- ,,- ,3`.
: i O number of uplin" slot at which the transmission resumes.
: j O number of uplin" slot at which the last 70 command was sent before the start of the uplin" transmission ap.
: 8o while (
, ,
2 j and 2 i ) or (
* *
2 j and 2 i )F
: j O j:,G
: if j Q +G
: j O ,9G
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! -) Release "
: end ifG
: end doG
: calculate -* based on 70 commands received in uplin" slots i and j.
&ote that for &last O ,3 the end of frame adjustment procedure shall be based on the 70 commands for the last odd slot
prior to the uplin" transmission ap and slot +.
1.2.3.3 U%li(; i( $o8%re""ed 8ode a(d do3(li(; i( (or8al 8ode
The 3T/.& continues to update the value of -* until the uplin" transmission ap starts and no more 70 commands are
received. Then- the value of -* calculated after receivin the last 70 command before the uplin" transmission ap is
applied to the antenna * sinal. Mhen the 32 resumes transmission in uplin"- it shall send 70 commands accordin to
section A.* eDuations * and 3 (normal operation) and the 3T/.& .ccess Point shall interpret the 70 commands
accordin to Table C.
The calculation of w* by the 3T/.& followin the uplin" transmission ap- and before the first two 70 commands
followin the ap are received is not specified.
1.2.4 =(i!iali"a!io( dri(4 $o8%re""ed 8ode
1.2.4.1 6o3(li(; i( $o8%re""ed 8ode
Mhen closed loop mode , is initialised durin the downlin" transmission ap of compressed mode there are slots for
which no estimate of the phase adjustment is calculated and no previous feedbac" command is available.
%n this case- if the 32 is reDuired to send feedbac" in the uplin"- the 70 command to the 3T/.& shall be [+\.
Mhen transmission in downlin" is started aain in slot &lastU, (if &lastU, O ,>- then slot + in the ne't frame)- the 3T/.&
shall use the initial weiht ) , (
*
,
*
j - + . The 32 must start calculatin estimates of the phase adjustment. The
feedbac" command correspondin to the first estimate of i must be sent in the uplin" slot which is transmitted
appro'imately ,+*9 chips in offset from the downlin" slot &lastU,. ;avin received this feedbac" command the 3T/.&
calculates -& as followsF
*
) sin( ) sin(
*
) cos( ) cos(
*
j i j i
j -
+
+
+
(B)
whereF
i
O phase adjustment in uplin" slot i - which is transmitted appro'imately ,+*9 chips in offset from the downlin"
slot &lastU,.
*

j
- if slot i is even ( ` ,9 - ,* - ,+ - B - ? - 9 - * - + _ i ) and
+
j

- if slot i is odd ( ` ,3 - ,, - C - A - > - 3 - , _ i )

1.2.4.2 U%li(; i( $o8%re""ed 8ode
%nitialisation of closed loop mode , operation durin uplin" compressed mode only is not specified.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! -" Release "
1.3 Void
8 =dle %eriod" 5or =P6# lo$a!io( 8e!&od
8.1 Ge(eral
To support time difference measurements for location services- idle periods can be created in the downlin" (hence the
name %P85) durin which time transmission of all channels from a &ode 0 is temporarily sei(ed. 8urin these idle
periods the visibility of neihbour cells from the 32 is improved.
The idle periods are arraned in a predetermined pseudo random fashion accordin to hiher layer parameters. %dle
periods differ from compressed mode in that they are shorter in duration- all channels are silent simultaneously- and no
attempt is made to prevent data loss.
%n eneral there are two modes for these idle periodsF
: 1ontinuous mode- and
: 0urst mode.
%n continuous mode the idle periods are active all the time. %n burst mode the idle periods are arraned in bursts where
each burst contains enouh idle periods to allow a 32 to ma"e sufficient measurements for its location to be calculated.
The bursts are separated by a period where no idle periods occur.
8.2 Para8e!er" o5 =P6#
The followin parameters are sinalled to the 32 via hiher layersF
IP.&tatus: This is a loic value that indicates if the idle periods are arraned in continuous or burst mode.
IP.&pacing: The number of ,+ ms radio frames between the start of a radio frame that contains an idle period and
the ne't radio frame that contains an idle period. &ote that there is at most one idle period in a radio
frame.
IP.#ength: The lenth of the idle periods- e'pressed in symbols of the 1P%1;.
IP.(ffset: . cell specific offset that can be used to synchronise idle periods from different sectors within a
&ode 0.
&eed: !eed for the pseudo random number enerator.
.dditionally in the case of burst mode operation the followin parameters are also communicated to the 32.
Burst.&tart: !pecifies the start of the first burst of idle periods. *>?0urst=!tart is the !7& where the first burst of
idle periods starts.
Burst.#ength: The number of idle periods in a burst of idle periods.
Burst.5re": !pecifies the time between the start of a burst and the start of the ne't burst. *>?0urst=7reD is the
number of radio frames of the primary 1P%1; between the start of a burst and the start of the ne't
burst.
8.3 ,al$la!io( o5 idle %eriod %o"i!io(
%n burst mode- burst Y+ starts in the radio frame with !7& O *>?0urst=!tart. 0urst Yk starts in the radio frame with
!7& O *>?0urst=!tart U k*>?0urst=7reD( k O +-,-*- R). The seDuence of bursts accordin to this formula continues
up to and includin the radio frame with !7& O 9+C>. .t the start of the radio frame with !7& O +- the burst seDuence is
terminated (no idle periods are enerated) and at !7& O *>?0urst=!tart the burst seDuence is restarted with burst Y+
followed by burst Y, etc.- as described above.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! )* Release "
1ontinuous mode is eDuivalent to burst mode- with only one burst spannin the whole !7& cycle of 9+C? radio frames-
this burst startin in the radio frame with !7& O +.
.ssume that %P=Position(') is the position of idle period number ' within a burst- where ' O ,- *- R- and %P=Position(')
is measured in number of 1P%1; symbols from the start of the first radio frame of the burst.
The positions of the idle periods within each burst are then iven by the followin eDuationF
%P=Position(') O (' %P=!pacin ,>+) U (rand(' modulo ?9) modulo (,>+ K %P=5enth)) U %P=OffsetG
where rand(m) is a pseudo random enerator defined as followsF
rand(+) O !eedG
rand(m) O (,+?rand(m K ,) U ,*B3) modulo ?+A>- m O ,- *- 3- R.
&ote that ' is reset to ' O , for the first idle period in every burst.
7iure ? below illustrates the idle periods for the burst mode case.

!lot YnU, !lot Yn
(0urst=5enth)
th
idle period
%P=5enth
[' %P=!pacin\ frames
%P=Position(')
%P=Position(,)
'
th
idle period in burst
rand(' mod ?9) mod (,>+ K %P=5enth) U %P=Offset
[*>?0urst=7reD\ frames
0urst Y+ of idle periods
7rame Yi
!7& O +
[%P=!pacin\ frames
[*>?0urst=!tart\ frames
0urst Y, of idle periods

[%P=!pacin\ frames

!lot Y+ !lot Y, !lot Y,9
!7& O
*>?0urst=!tart
!7& O
*>?0urst=!tart U *>?0urst=7reD
Fi.ure ,/ 2dle Period place3ent in the case of 1urst 3ode operation
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! )& Release "
9 M=M< o%era!io( o5 9S-6S,9
There are two possibilities for operatin M%MOF M%MO mode when sinle:stream restriction is not confiured- in
which both sinle and dual stream transmission can be applied- and M%MO mode when sinle:stream restriction is
confiured- which is restricted only to sinle stream transmission. This section applies only when a 32 is confiured in
M%MO mode.
The eneral transmitter structure to support M%MO operation of ;!:P8!1; transmission is shown in fiure A. 1hannel
codin- interleavin and spreadin are done as in non:M%MO mode. Mhen sinle:stream restriction is not confiured
the &ode 0 scheduler can decide to transmit one or two transport bloc"s to a 32 in one TT% in the servin ;!:8!1;
cell- and one or two transport bloc"s in the secondary servin ;!:8!1; cell if the 32 is confiured with a secondary
servin ;!:8!1; cell- whereas when sinle:stream restriction is confiured only transmission of sinle transport bloc"
is allowed in any of the cells. The spread comple' valued sinals are fed to both TL antenna branches- and weihted
with precodin weihts -*- -&, -9 and -=. The precodin weihts -* and -9 are constant real valued scalars and the
precodin weihts -& and -= are variable comple' valued scalars. The precodin weihts -*- -&- -9 and -= are defined
as followsF
* < ,
, 3
- - -
* 9
- - -

'
+ +

*
,
-
*
,
-
*
,
-
*
,
*
j j j j
- .
%f sinle:stream restriction is confiured- or sinle:stream restriction is not confiured and the &ode 0 schedules a
sinle transport bloc" in a cell to a 32 in one TT%- it uses the precodin vector (-*, -&) for transmission of that transport
bloc" on the ;!:P8!1; sub:frame. %f sinle:stream restriction is not confiured and the 3T/.& schedules two
transport bloc"s in a cell to a 32 in one TT%- it uses two orthoonal precodin vectors to transmit the two transport
bloc"s. The precodin vector (-*, -&) is called the primary precodin vector which is used for transmittin the primary
transport bloc" and the precodin vector (-9, -=) is called secondary precodin vector which is used for transmittin the
secondary transport bloc"- respectively.
%f sinle:stream restriction is confiured (7iure Aa) the secondary transport bloc" is never present. %f sinle:stream
restriction is not confiured (fiure A) the &ode 0 can dynamically schedule the 32 with one or two transport bloc"s.

3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! )# Release "
Fi.ure -/ The .eneric downlink trans3itter structure to support :2:; operation for 6S+PS56
trans3ission when sin.le+strea3 restriction is not confi.ured%
Fi.ure -a/ The .eneric downlink trans3itter structure to support :2:; operation for 6S+PS56
trans3ission when sin.le+strea3 restriction is confi.ured%
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! )3 Release "
9.1 Ge(eral %ro$edre
The 32 uses the 1P%1; to separately estimate the channels seen from each antenna. One of the antennas will transmit
the .ntenna , modulation pattern of the P:1P%1; as defined in subclause >.3.3., of H,I. The other antenna will transmit
either the .ntenna * modulation pattern of the P:1P%1; or the .ntenna , modulation pattern of a !:1P%1;. The Pilot
confiuration in support of M%MO operation of ;!:8!1; in the cell is sinalled by hiher layers.
The 32 determines a preferred primary precodin vector ( )
pref
*
pref
,
- - - and sinals it to the &ode 0. The sinalled
information about the preferred primary precodin vector is termed precodin control indication (P1%) and is defined in
subclause ?..9. The P1% is sinalled to the &ode 0 toether with channel Duality indication (1E%) as a composite
P1%<1E% report accordin to the procedure defined in subclause ?..,.*.*. The 32 transmits the composite P1%<1E%
report to the &ode 0 usin the 1E% field on the ;!:8P11; as defined in H,I. 0ased on the composite P1%<1E% reports-
the &ode 0 scheduler decides when sinle:stream restriction is not confiured whether to schedule one or two transport
bloc"s in a cell to a 32 in one TT% and what transport bloc" si(e(s) and modulation scheme(s) to use for each of them.
The &ode 0 sinals to the 32 the precodin weiht -& applied on the ;!:P8!1; sub:frame usin the precodin
weiht indication bits of part , of the correspondin ;!:!11; sub:frame. The precodin weiht adjustment of each
;!:P8!1; is done at the ;!:P8!1; sub:frame border.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! )' Release "
'((e0 ' (i(5or8a!i7e).
((o !i!le)
'.1 '(!e((a 7eri5i$a!io(
%n closed loop mode ,- if channel estimates are ta"en from the Primary 1P%1;- the performance will also suffer if the
32 cannot detect errors since the channel estimates will be ta"en for the incorrect phase settins. To mitiate this
problem- antenna verification can be done- which can ma"e use of antenna specific pilot patterns of the dedicated
physical channel. The antenna verification can be implemented with several different alorithms. . straihtforward
alorithm can use a 9:hypothesis test per slot. .lternatively- a simplified beam former verification (!0@) reDuirin only
a *:hypothesis test per slot can be used.
1onsider
{ }

,
_

>

) + (
) (
ln ) /e( *
,
*
V
) (
- *
) (
- *
,
*
R'
R'
p
i
d
i
Npath
i i
p
p
h h

Then define the variable '+ as + if the above ineDuality holds ood and '+ O otherwise.
!imilarly consider
{ }

,
_

>

) * (
) * (
ln ) %m( *
,
*
V
) (
- *
) (
- *
,
*

R'
R' p
i
d
i
Npath
i
i
p
p
h h
then define the variable ', as :<* if the above ineDuality holds ood and ', O <* oherwise.
Mhether '+ or ', is to be calculated for each slot is iven by the followin table - where the first row contains the 35
slot inde' of the feedbac" bit to be verified.
9F * & # 3 ' $ , - ) " &* && &# &3 &'
00 01 00 01 00 01 00 01 00 01 00 01 00 01 00
The estimate for the transmitted phase is now obtained from
*
) cos(
*
) sin(
) cos( ) sin(
,
+
,
+


+ +
i
i
i
i
T' T'
'
j
'
j
whereF
: the 'i values are used correspondin to the current slot and the previous slot ta"in into account the end:of:frame
adjustment and the used 15 timin adjustment delay
:
) (
- *
p
i
h is the i#th estimated channel tap of antenna * usin the 1P%1;G
:
) (
- *
d
i
h is the i#th estimated channel tap of antenna * usin the 8P11;G

&
is the 8P1; Pilot !&%/< 1P%1; !&%/G
:
*
i
is the noise plus interference power on the i#th path.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! )$ Release "
%n normal operation the a priori probability for selected pilot pattern is assumed to be C?a (assumin there are 9a of
errors in the feedbac" channel for power control and antenna selection).
'.2 ,o8%!a!io( o5 5eed)a$; i(5or8a!io( 5or $lo"ed loo% 8ode
1 !ra("8i! di7er"i!y
%n non:soft handover case- the computation of feedbac" information can be accomplished by e.. solvin for weiht
vector- -, that ma'imises.
P>-
6
6
6
6- (,)
where
;O[h* h&] and w O H w,- w* I
T
and where the column vectors h* and h& represent the estimated channel impulse responses for the transmission antennas
, and *- of lenth eDual to the lenth of the channel impulse response. The elements of w correspond to the adjustments
computed by the 32.
8urin soft handover- the antenna weiht vector- - can be- for e'ample- determined so as to ma'imise the criteria
functionF
P O w
;
(;,
;
;,U ;*
;
;*U)w (*)
where 6i is an estimated channel impulse response for 0!Yi. %n reular !;O- the set of 0!Yi corresponds to the active
set.
%f ;!:P8!1; is present- the 32 may emphasi(e the ;!:P8!1; servin cell. %n this case the antenna weiht vector- -
can be- for e'ample- determined so as to ma'imise the criteria functionF
P O w
;
((;,
;
;,)U (,:)(;*
;
;*U))w
where 0!Y, is the ;!:P8!1; servin cell and coefficient is less than or eDual to ,. 7or e'ample O +.A enhances
;!:8!1; performance while ensurin that there is only a small deradation on the 8P1;.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! ), Release "
'((e0 : (=(5or8a!i7e).
Po3er $o(!rol
:.1 6o3(li(; %o3er $o(!rol !i8i(4
The power control timin described in this anne' should be seen as an e'ample on how the control bits have to be
placed in order to permit a short TP1 delay.
%n order to ma'imise the cell radius distance within which one:slot control delay is achieved- the frame timin of an
uplin" 8P1; is delayed by ,+*9 chips from that of the correspondin downlin" 8P1; measured at the 32 antenna.
/espondin to a downlin" TP1 command- the 32 shall chane its uplin" 8P1; output power at the beinnin of the
first uplin" pilot field after the TP1 command reception. /espondin to an uplin" TP1 command- the 3T/.& access
point shall chane its 8P1; output power at the beinnin of the ne't downlin" pilot field after the reception of the
whole TP1 command. &ote that in soft handover- the TP1 command is sent over one slot when 8P1=MO82 is + and
over three slots when 8P1=MO82 is ,. &ote also that the delay from the uplin" TP1 command reception to the power
chane timin is not specified for 3T/.&. The 32 shall decide and send TP1 commands on the uplin" based on the
downlin" !%/ measurement. 7or the 8P1;- the TP1 command field on the uplin" starts- when measured at the 32
antenna- >,* chips after the end of the downlin" pilot field. The 3T/.& access point shall decide and send TP1
commands based on the uplin" !%/ measurement. ;owever- the !%/ measurement periods are not specified either for
32 nor 3T/.&.
7iure 0., illustrates an e'ample of transmitter power control timins when a 8P1; is confiured on the downlin".
8ata* 8ata,
V,-* The !%/ measurement periods illustrated here are e'amples. Other ways of measurement are allowed to achieve
accurate !%/ estimation.
V3 %f there is not enouh time for 3T/.& to respond to the TP1- the action can be delayed until the ne't slot.
8ata,
T
P
1
8ata,
T
P
1
P%5OT P%5OT
P%5OT
/esponse
To TP1 (V3)
T
P
1
85 !%/
measurement (V,)
P%5OT T71% TP1
85:35 timin
offset (,+*9 chips)
!lot (*>?+ chips)
P%5OT P%5OT 8ata* 8ata,
T
P
1
P%5OT P%5OT T71% TP1
!lot (*>?+ chips)
Propaation delay
35 !%/
measurement (V*)
/esponse
to TP1
85 8P11;
at 3T/.&
Propaation delay
85 8P11;
at 32
35 8P11;
at 3T/.&
35 8P11;
at 32
>,* chips
T7
1%
T7
1%
Fi.ure 0%&/ Trans3itter power control ti3in. for P56
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! )- Release "
7iure 0.* illustrates an e'ample of transmitter power control timins when the 7:8P1; is confiured on the downlin"
and the 7:8P1; TP1 offset &O77, of all the radio lin"s in the /5! is + or *(see Table ,?1 of H,I). 7iure 0.*a illustrates
an e'ample of transmitter power control timins for the radio lin" whose 7:8P1; TP1 offset &O77, O + or *- when the
7:8P1; is confiured on the downlin"- and the 7:8P1; TP1 offset &O77, of at least one other radio lin" in the /5! is
P *. 7iure 0.3 illustrates an e'ample of transmitter power control timins when the 7:8P1; is confiured on the
downlin" and the 7:8P1; TP1 offset &O77, of the radio lin" is larer than *. 7iure 0.9 illustrates an e'ample of
transmitter power control timins when the 7:8P1; is confiured on the downlin" and the 7:8P1; TP1 offset &O77,
of the radio lin" is larer than ,9 when uplin" 8P11; slot format Y9 is used.





















T
P
1
T
P
1
T
P
1
T
P
1
P%5OT T71% TP1 P%5OT T71% TP1
P%5OT T71% TP1 P%5OT T71% TP1
/esponse
To TP1
85 !%/
measurement
85:35 timin
offset (,+*9 chips)
!lot (*>?+ chips)
Propaation delay p
35 !%/
measurement
/esponse
to TP1
85 7:8P1;
at 3T/.&
Propaation delay
85 7:8P1;
at 32
35 8P11;
at 3T/.&
35 8P11;
at 32
!lot (*>?+ chips)
T
P
1
+
7:8P1;
>,* chips or more &
O77,

Fi.ure 0%#/ Trans3itter power control ti3in. for F+P56 with TP5 offsets N;FF& of * or # when F+
P56 TP5 offset N;FF& of all the radio links in the RFS is * or #
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! )) Release "





















T
P
1
T
P
1
T
P
1
T
P
1
P%5OT T71% TP1 P%5OT T71% TP1
P%5OT T71% TP1 P%5OT T71% TP1
/esponse
To TP1
85 !%/
measurement
85:35 timin
offset (,+*9 chips)
!lot (*>?+ chips)
Propaation delay p
35 !%/
measurement
/esponse
to TP1
85 7:8P1;
at 3T/.&
Propaation delay
85 7:8P1;
at 32
35 8P11;
at 3T/.&
35 8P11;
at 32
!lot (*>?+ chips)
T
P
1
+
7:8P1;
>,* chips or more &
O77,

Fi.ure 0%#a/ Trans3itter power control ti3in. for F+P56 with TP5 offsets N;FF& of * or # when the
F+P56 TP5 offset N;FF& of at least one other radio link in the RFS is H #





















T
P
1
T
P
1
T
P
1
P%5OT T71% TP1 P%5OT T71% TP1
P%5OT T71% TP1 P%5OT T71% TP1
85 !%/
measurement
85:35 timin
offset (,+*9 chips)
!lot (*>?+ chips)
Propaation delay p
35 !%/
measurement
/esponse
to TP1
85 7:8P1;
at 3T/.&
Propaation delay
85 7:8P1;
at 32
35 8P11;
at 3T/.&
35 8P11;
at 32
&
O77,

!lot (*>?+ chips)
+
7:8P1;
P%5OT
/esponse
To TP1
T
P
1
Fi.ure 0%3/ Trans3itter power control ti3in. for F+P56 with a TP5 offset N;FF& lar.er than #
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! )" Release "





















T
P
1
T
P
1
T
P
1
T
P
1
T
P
1
P%5OT TP1 P%5OT TP1
P%5OT TP1 P%5OT TP1
85 !%/
measurement
85:35 timin
offset (,+*9 chips)
!lot (*>?+ chips)
Propaation delay p
35 !%/
measurement
/esponse
to TP1
85 7:8P1;
at 3T/.&
Propaation delay
85 7:8P1;
at 32
35 8P11;
at 3T/.&
35 8P11;
at 32
&
O77,

!lot (*>?+ chips)
+
7:8P1;
P%5OT TP1
P%5OT TP1
/esponse
to TP1
Fi.ure 0%'/ Trans3itter power control ti3in. for F+P56 with a TP5 offset N;FF& lar.er than &' with
uplink P556 slot for3at G'
:.2 -0a8%le o5 i8%le8e(!a!io( i( !&e U-
The downlin" inner:loop power control adjusts the networ" transmit power in order to "eep the received downlin" !%/
at a iven !%/ taret- !%/taret. . hiher layer outer loop adjusts !%/taret independently for each connection.
The 32 should estimate the received downlin" 8P11;<8P81; power of the connection to be power controlled.
!imultaneously- the 32 should estimate the received interference and calculate the sinal:to:interference ratio- !%/est.
!%/est can be calculated as /!1P<%!1P- where /!1P refers to the received sinal code power on one code and %!1P
refers to the non:orthoonal interference sinal code power of the received sinal on one code. &ote that due to the
specific !%/ taret offsets described in H>I that can be applied durin compressed frames- the spreadin factor shall not
be considered in the calculation of !%/est.
The obtained !%/ estimate !%/est is then used by the 32 to enerate TP1 commands accordin to the followin ruleF if
!%/est P !%/taret then the TP1 command to transmit is J+J- reDuestin a transmit power decrease- while if !%/est Q !%/taret
then the TP1 command to transmit is J,J- reDuestin a transmit power increase.
Mhen the 32 is in soft handover- the 32 should estimate !%/est from the downlin" sinals of all cells in the active set.
:.3 U# %o3er $o(!rol 3&e( lo"i(4 U# "y($&ro(i"a!io(
2ach &ode 0 operates the uplin" power control independently of the other &ode 0s that may be providin /5! to the
same 32. %n case of multiple /5! the 32 derives the decision on power adjustment based on all the commands
received accordin the rules specified in section >.,.*. %n this scenario- transmission of a down command by one or
more of the involved &ode 0s will li"ely result in the 32 decreasin its transmit power.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! "* Release "
1onseDuently- if and when- after successful initial /5 synchronisation- the &ode 0 loses 35 synchronisation for a 32
and if the current number of /5! confiured for that 32 is reater than one and if the &ode 0 reverts to a TP1 pattern
in such situation (i.e. enerates 85 TP1 commands independently of actual /5 measurements)- the &ode 0 should not
use TP1 commands S+T in the TP1 pattern.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! "& Release "
'((e0 , (=(5or8a!i7e).
,ell "ear$& %ro$edre
8urin the cell search- the 32 searches for a cell and determines the downlin" scramblin code and frame
synchronisation of that cell. The cell search is typically carried out in three stepsF
S!e% 1. Slo! "y($&ro(i"a!io(
8urin the first step of the cell search procedure the 32 uses the !1;\s primary synchronisation code to acDuire slot
synchronisation to a cell. This is typically done with a sinle matched filter (or any similar device) matched to the
primary synchronisation code which is common to all cells. The slot timin of the cell can be obtained by detectin
pea"s in the matched filter output.
S!e% 2. *ra8e "y($&ro(i"a!io( a(d $ode-4ro% ide(!i5i$a!io(
8urin the second step of the cell search procedure- the 32 uses the !1;\s secondary synchronisation code to find
frame synchronisation and identify the code roup of the cell found in the first step. This is done by correlatin the
received sinal with all possible secondary synchronisation code seDuences- and identifyin the ma'imum correlation
value. !ince the cyclic shifts of the seDuences are uniDue the code roup as well as the frame synchronisation is
determined.
S!e% 3. S$ra8)li(4-$ode ide(!i5i$a!io(
8urin the third and last step of the cell search procedure- the 32 determines the e'act primary scramblin code used
by the found cell. The primary scramblin code is typically identified throuh symbol:by:symbol correlation over the
1P%1; with all codes within the code roup identified in the second step. .fter the primary scramblin code has been
identified- the Primary 11P1; can be detected. .nd the system: and cell specific 01; information can be read.
%f the 32 has received information about which scramblin codes to search for- steps * and 3 above can be simplified.
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! "# Release "
'((e0 6 (i(5or8a!i7e).
,&a(4e &i"!ory
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! "3 Release "
5han.e history
6a!e TSG C TSG 6o$. ,R Re7 S)?e$!2,o88e(! <ld +e3
R'+>05 RP-99531 - '%%ro7ed a! TSG R'+ C5 a(d %la$ed (der ,&a(4e ,o(!rol - 3.0.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99686 003 2 *le0i)le !i8i(4 o5 UTR'+ re"%o("e !o %li(; $lo"ed loo% T0
di7er"i!y 5eed)a$; $o88a(d"
3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99686 006 2 ,P,9 %o3er $o(!rol %rea8)le le(4!& 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99686 001 - Re8o7al o5 o%e( loo% %o3er $o(!rol 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99681 008 - Po3er o55"e! o5 '=,9 a(d P=,9 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99686 009 1 U%da!e o5 Ra(do8 '$$e"" Pro$edre 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99686 010 1 o5! "y8)ol $o8)i(i(4 5or %li(; %o3er $o(!rol 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99685 011 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 $lo"ed loo% !ra("8i! di7er"i!y 5i4re i( $la"e 8 a(d
$lo"ed loo% o%era!io( i( $o8%re""ed 8ode 5or 8ode 2 i(
")$la"e 8.3 o5 TS 25.214
3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99686 012 - U%li(; %o3er $o(!rol 8a0i88 TE %o3er 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99686 013 1 Se!!i(4 o5 )e!a 7ale" 5or 8l!i-$ode 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99686 014 - ,o("olida!io( o5 ,P,9 Po3er ,o(!rol Prea8)le =(5or8a!io( 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99686 015 1 ,o("olida!io( o5 Po3er ,o(!rol =(5or8a!io( 5or 6,9 =(i!iali"a!io( 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99686 016 - U%li(; %o3er $o(!rol i( $o8%re""ed 8ode 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99686 018 1 Ti8i(4 5or i(i!iali"a!io( %ro$edre" 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99681 021 - 20 8" R',9 8e""a4e le(4!& 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99684 023 1 Ma0i88 T0 Po3er a! %li(; $o8%re""ed Mode 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99681 024 2 Se!!i(4 o5 %o3er i( %li(; $o8%re""ed 8ode 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99681 025 - ,lea(% o5 "y($&ro(i"a!io( %ro$edre" 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99686 026 2 6o3(li(; %o3er $o(!rol 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99681 029 - <!-o5-"y($& &a(dli(4 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99681 030 2 S!a!e %da!e rle addi!io( !o SS6T "%e$i5i$a!io( 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99681 033 - U%li(; TE !i8i(4 ad?"!8e(! 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99681 036 - =($l"io( o5 idle %eriod" 5or !&e =P6# #,S 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99686 041 - Re7i"io( o5 %o3er $o(!rol !i8i(4 !e0! 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 R'+>06 RP-99681 042 1 =($l"io( o5 ad?"!8e(! loo% i( do3(li(; %o3er $o(!rol 3.0.0 3.1.0
14201200 - - - ,&a(4e &i"!ory 3a" added )y !&e edi!or 3.1.0 3.1.1
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 043 1 <%!i88 =6 ,ode" 5or SS6T Po3er ,o(!rol 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 044 - -di!orial $lari5i$a!io( !o ")$la"e 5.1.2.2.2 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 041 1 'ddi!io(al de"$ri%!io( o5 TE di7er"i!y 5or P6S,9 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 048 - Po3er o55"e! o( S-,,P,9 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 050 2 ,orre$!io(" !o %li(; %o3er $o(!rol 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 055 - ,orre$!io( o5 'd?"!8e(! loo% de"$ri%!io( 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 056 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 TP, $o88a(d $o8)i(i(4 5or 'l4ori!&8 1 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 051 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 TP, $o88a(d $o8)i(i(4 5or 'l4ori!&8 2 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 059 2 ,P,9.,6 ")"lo!-rela!ed addi!io(" !o 6.2 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 061 1 ,P,9. edi!orial $&a(4e" a(d $lari5i$a!io(" o5 6.2 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 062 - -di!orial $orre$!io(" 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 064 1 -di!orial i8%ro7e8e(! o5 !&e =P6# "e$!io( 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 065 1 PR',9 %o3er o55"e! de5i(i!io( 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 066 1 Radio li(; "y($&ro(i"a!io( i( UTR'2*66 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 068 - 6e5i(i!io( 5or 8a0i88 a(d 8i(i88 6# %o3er 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 069 4 ,&a((el a""i4(8e(! a(d U- $&a((el "ele$!io( 8e!&od" o5 ,P,9 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 011 - ,&a((eliAa!io( $ode allo$a!io( 8e!&od 5or P,P,9 8e""a4e %ar! 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 012 1 #i8i!ed %o3er rai"e "ed -%ara8e!er i( 6# P, 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 080 - 6o3(li(; %o3er $o(!rol 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000064 081 - -di!orial i8%ro7e8e(! o( SS6T %o3er $o(!rol "e$!io( 3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000065 082 2 -8er4e($y S!o% o5 ,P,9 !ra("8i""io( a(d S!ar! o5 Me""a4e
=(di$a!or
3.1.1 3.2.0
31203200 R'+>01 RP-000065 083 - ,lea( % o5 USTS rela!ed "%e$i5i$a!io(" 3.1.1 3.2.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 084 - 'ddi!io( o5 ,S=,9 %o3er %ara8e!er 3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 085 - ,orre$!io( !o %o3er $o(!rol i( $o8%re""ed 8ode re$o7ery %eriod 3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 086 1 Re7i"io(" !o %o3er $o(!rol 5or ,P,9 3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 081 - ,orre$!io(" !o %li(; 6,9 %o3er $o(!rol "e$!io(" 3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 090 3 #e7el o5 "%e$i5i$a!io( o5 do3(li(; %o3er $o(!rol 3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 091 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 TE di7er"i!y %o3er "e!!i(4 3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 092 - P=,9 (de5i(ed )i!" 3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 095 1 6P6,926P,,9 4ai( 5a$!or" 3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 096 3 ,orre$!io( !o R',9 ")$&a((el de5i(i!io( 3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 091 1 T&e %o3er "e!!i(4 o5 !&e ,,, 5ield o5 6# 6P,,9 5or ,P,9 3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 098 4 Pro$edre 5or e(d o5 !ra("8i""io( i(di$a!or i( ,P,9 3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 099 - 6o3(li(; i((er-loo% %o3er $o(!rol i( $o8%re""ed 8ode 3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 100 - 6e5i(i!io( o5 7e$!or !ra("8i""io( 3ei4&! e(!i!y 3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 101 1 +8)er o5 "lo!" 5or 6P,,9 %o3er $o(!rol %rea8)le 3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 102 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 UTR'+ T0 di7er"i!y re"%o("e !i8i(4 de"$ri%!io( i(
25.214
3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 103 2 ,orre$!io(" !o !ra("8i! di7er"i!y "e$!io( 3.2.0 3.3.0
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! "' Release "
5han.e history
6a!e TSG C TSG 6o$. ,R Re7 S)?e$!2,o88e(! <ld +e3
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 104 1 ,orre$!io(" !o %li(; %o3er $o(!rol i( $o8%re""ed 8ode 3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 105 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 do3(li(; %o3er $o(!rol 8ode 3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 106 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 radio li(; "e! 3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000268 101 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 radio li(; "y($&ro(i"a!io( %ro$edre 3.2.0 3.3.0
26206200 R'+>08 RP-000269 108 - ,orre$!ly Ba(!iAed 4ai( 5a$!or" 5or %li(; $o8%re""ed 8ode 3.2.0 3.3.0
23209200 R'+>09 RP-000342 110 4 6o3(li(; i((er-loo% %o3er $o(!rol i( $o8%re""ed 8ode 3.3.0 3.4.0
23209200 R'+>09 RP-000342 112 - 'ddi(4 re5ere($e 5or %o3er o55"e! 7aria!io( !e0! i( TS 25.214 3.3.0 3.4.0
23209200 R'+>09 RP-000342 113 - ,o8)i(i(4 TP, $o88a(d" i( "o5! &a(do7er 3.3.0 3.4.0
23209200 R'+>09 RP-000342 115 1 ,orre$!io(" !o %o3er $o(!rol 3.3.0 3.4.0
23209200 R'+>09 RP-000342 116 - ,orre$!io(" !o 25.214 3.3.0 3.4.0
23209200 R'+>09 RP-000342 111 - ,lari5i$a!io( !o do3(li(; %o3er $o(!rol 3.3.0 3.4.0
23209200 R'+>09 RP-000342 118 3 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 %o3er $o(!rol a! 8a0i88 a(d 8i(i88 %o3er 3.3.0 3.4.0
23209200 R'+>09 RP-000342 119 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 SS6T !e0! 3.3.0 3.4.0
23209200 R'+>09 RP-000342 120 - ,orre$!io(" !o ,# !ra("8i! di7er"i!y 8ode 1 3.3.0 3.4.0
23209200 R'+>09 RP-000342 121 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 SS6T =6 $ode )i! !ra("8i""io( order 3.3.0 3.4.0
23209200 R'+>09 RP-000342 122 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o( R',9 a(d ,P,9 ")$&a((el de5i(i!io( 3.3.0 3.4.0
23209200 R'+>09 RP-000342 123 1 6P,9 i(i!iali"a!io( %ro$edre 3.3.0 3.4.0
23209200 R'+>09 RP-000342 124 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 $lo"ed loo% 8ode TE di7er"i!y i(i!iali"a!io( 3.3.0 3.4.0
23209200 R'+>09 RP-000342 121 2 U%li(; %o3er $o(!rol i( $o8%re""ed 8ode 3.3.0 3.4.0
15212200 R'+>10 RP-000540 128 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 do3(li(; Bali!y 8ea"re8e(! i( SS6T 3.4.0 3.5.0
15212200 R'+>10 RP-000540 129 - *or8la !y%o4ra%&y a(d re5ere($e $orre$!io(" 3.4.0 3.5.0
15212200 R'+>10 RP-000540 130 1 Radio li(; e"!a)li"&8e(! a(d "y($ "!a!" re%or!i(4 3.4.0 3.5.0
15212200 R'+>10 RP-000540 133 - ,orre$!io( o5 R',92,P,9 %&y"i$al ra(do8 a$$e"" %ro$edre 3.4.0 3.5.0
15212200 R'+>10 RP-000540 134 - ,orre$!io( o5 %li(; %o3er $o(!rol al4ori!&8 2 3.4.0 3.5.0
15212200 R'+>10 RP-000540 135 1 TP, $o88a(d 4e(era!io( o( do3(li(; dri(4 R#S i(i!ialiAa!io( 3.4.0 3.5.0
15212200 R'+>10 RP-000540 136 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 R',9 )e&a7ior a! 8a0i88 a(d 8i(i88 %o3er 3.4.0 3.5.0
15212200 R'+>10 RP-000540 131 - ,lari5i$a!io(" o( !&e de"$ri%!io( o5 !&e radio li(; e"!a)li"&8e(!
%ro$edre (3&e( (o radio li(; e0i"!")
3.4.0 3.5.0
15212200 R'+>10 RP-000540 138 1 ,orre$!io(" o( %o3er $o(!rol %rea8)le" 3.4.0 3.5.0
15212200 R'+>10 RP-000540 139 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 R',9 %ro$edre 3.4.0 3.5.0
15212200 R'+>10 RP-000540 140 - U%li(; %o3er $o(!rol i( $o8%re""ed 8ode 3.4.0 3.5.0
15212200 R'+>10 RP-000540 141 1 Re7i"io( o5 !&e a))re7ia!io( li"! 3.4.0 3.5.0
16203201 R'+>11 - - - '%%ro7ed a" Relea"e 4 "%e$i5i$a!io( (74.0.0) a! TSG R'+ C11 3.5.0 4.0.0
16203201 R'+>11 RP-010060 142 1 U%li(; %o3er $o(!rol i( $o8%re""ed 8ode 3.5.0 4.0.0
16203201 R'+>11 RP-010060 144 - Re8o7al o5 !&e %o3er )ala($i(4 al4ori!&8 5ro8 TS 25.214 3.5.0 4.0.0
16203201 R'+>11 RP-010254 145 2 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 +id %ara8e!er I 3&e( SS6T a(d %li(;
$o8%re""ed 8ode are i( o%era!io(
3.5.0 4.0.0
16203201 R'+>11 RP-010060 146 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 $lo"ed loo% !ra("8i! di7er"i!y 8ode 1 a(d 8ode 2
o%era!io( dri(4 $o8%re""ed 8ode
3.5.0 4.0.0
16203201 R'+>11 RP-010060 148 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 U- S=R e"!i8a!io( 3.5.0 4.0.0
16203201 R'+>11 RP-010060 150 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 !&e order o5 SS6T "i4(alli(4 i( 2 )i! *:= 3.5.0 4.0.0
16203201 R'+>11 RP-010244 154 2 U%li(; %o3er $o(!rol %rea8)le 3.5.0 4.0.0
16203201 R'+>11 RP-010060 155 - ,orre$!io( o5 li8i!ed %o3er rai"e 3.5.0 4.0.0
16203201 R'+>11 RP-010060 156 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 i(i!ialiAa!io( %ro$edre 3.5.0 4.0.0
16203201 R'+>11 RP-010060 158 - 6e5i(i!io( o5 %o3er $o(!rol "!e% "iAe 5or al4ori!&8 2 3.5.0 4.0.0
16203201 R'+>11 RP-010060 161 1 ,orre$!io( o5 !&e U- )e&a7ior i( SS6T 8ode 3.5.0 4.0.0
16203201 R'+>11 RP-010060 163 - ,orre$!io( o( do3(li(; "y($&ro(iAa!io( %ri8i!i7e" 3.5.0 4.0.0
16203201 R'+>11 RP-010014 149 1 6S,9 Po3er ,o(!rol =8%ro7e8e(! i( "o5! &a(do7er 3.5.0 4.0.0
15206201 R'+>12 RP-010334 166 1 #i8i!ed %o3er rai"e. ali4(i(4 o5 !er8i(olo4y 3i!& TS25.433 4.0.0 4.1.0
15206201 R'+>12 RP-010334 161 1 ,orre$!io( o5 =P6# )r"! %ara8e!er" 4.0.0 4.1.0
15206201 R'+>12 RP-010334 169 1 ,orre$!io( o5 "y($&ro(i"a!io( %ri8i!i7e" 4.0.0 4.1.0
15206201 R'+>12 RP-010334 111 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o( TP, $o88a(d 4e(era!io( o( do3(li(; dri(4 R#
i(i!iali"a!io(
4.0.0 4.1.0
15206201 R'+>12 RP-010482 181 4 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 "y($&ro(i"a!io( %ro$edre" 4.0.0 4.1.0
15206201 R'+>12 RP-010334 183 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 i(i!iali"a!io( o5 $lo"ed loo% 8ode 1 a(d 2 dri(4
$o8%re""ed 8ode
4.0.0 4.1.0
15206201 R'+>12 RP-010334 186 - 6# 8a0i88 %o3er le7el i( $o8%re""ed 8ode 4.0.0 4.1.0
15206201 R'+>12 RP-010341 164 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o( !&e "a4e o5 SS6T "i4(ali(4 i( %li(; 4.0.0 4.1.0
21209201 R'+>13 RP-010520 192 - ,orre$!io(" a(d ,lari5i$a!io(" 5or $al$la!io( o5 idle %eriod %o"i!io(
i( ")$la"e 8.3 i( 25.214
4.1.0 4.2.0
21209201 R'+>13 RP-010520 194 1 Mi(or 8odi5i$a!io(" !o !&e ,P,9 a$$e"" %ro$edre 4.1.0 4.2.0
21209201 R'+>13 RP-010520 191 - 6o3(li(; %o3er $o(!rol i( $o8%re""ed 8ode 4.1.0 4.2.0
21209201 R'+>13 RP-010520 199 1 =8%ro7e8e(!" o5 $lo"ed loo% TE di7er"i!y de"$ri%!io( 4.1.0 4.2.0
21209201 R'+>13 RP-010520 201 1 ,orre$!io( !o Ra(do8 a$$e"" %ro$edre (Pri8i!i7e 5ro8 M',) 4.1.0 4.2.0
21209201 R'+>13 RP-010611 205 1 Pro%o"ed ,R !o TS25.214. ,lari5i$a!io( o5 !&e SS6T )e&a7ior
3i!& )ea8 5or8i(4
4.1.0 4.2.0
21209201 R'+>13 RP-010521 195 1 -(&a($ed P6S,9 %o3er $o(!rol $lari5i$a!io( 4.1.0 4.2.0
14212201 R'+>14 RP-010139 201 1 Po3er $o(!rol i( $o8%re""ed 8ode 3&e( 6P,>M<6-@1 4.2.0 4.3.0
14212201 R'+>14 RP-010139 209 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 $lo"ed loo% 8ode 1 a(d 2 T0 di7er"i!y o%era!io(
dri(4 $o8%re""ed 8ode
4.2.0 4.3.0
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! "$ Release "
5han.e history
6a!e TSG C TSG 6o$. ,R Re7 S)?e$!2,o88e(! <ld +e3
14212201 R'+>14 RP-010139 211 - 6o3(li(; %&a"e re5ere($e re$o(5i4ra!io( 4.2.0 4.3.0
14212201 R'+>14 RP-010139 219 1 6o3(li(; %o3er $o(!rol 5or $&a((el" "%%or!i(4 ,P,9 4.2.0 4.3.0
14212201 R'+>14 RP-010139 223 - Re8o7al o5 "lo3 %o3er $o(!rol 5ro8 TS 25.214 4.2.0 4.3.0
14212201 R'+>14 RP-010115 216 - U%li(; TP, $o88a(d %ro$e""i(4 i( S9< 3i!& SS6T 4.2.0 4.3.0
14212201 R'+>14 RP-010144 211 2 6S,9 %o3er $o(!rol $lari5i$a!io( 4.2.0 4.3.0
14212201 R'+>14 RP-010933 229 - Re"!ri$!io( !o SS6T a(d $lo"ed loo% 8ode !ra("8i! di7er"i!y
$o8)i(a!io(
4.2.0 4.3.0
08203202 R'+>15 RP-020041 221 - ,lari5i$a!io( o( 6P,,9 dedi$a!ed %ilo! )i!" 3i!& $lo"ed loo%
8ode1
4.3.0 4.4.0
08203202 R'+>15 RP-020261 231 3 D!& !&re"&old %ara8e!er i( SS6T 4.3.0 4.4.0
08203202 R'+>15 RP-020041 240 1 TP, %ro$edre i( U- 3&e( SS6T i" a$!i7a!ed 4.3.0 4.4.0
08203202 R'+>15 RP-020053 236 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 $lo"ed loo% !ra("8i! di7er"i!y dri(4 "o5! &a(do7er 4.3.0 4.4.0
08203202 R'+>15 RP-020054 250 1 6e"$ri%!io( o5 SS6T o%era!io( 5or T*,= %o3er $o(!rol i( &ard "%li!
8ode
4.3.0 5.0.0
08203202 R'+>15 RP-020058 231 2 =(!rod$!io( o5 9S6P' 5ea!re !o TS25.214 4.3.0 5.0.0
08203202 R'+>15 RP-020058 251 - =(!rod$!io( o5 %o3er $o(!rol a"%e$!" 5or 9S6P' 5ea!re i(
TS25.214
4.3.0 5.0.0
01206202 R'+>16 RP-020316 255 2 ,orre$!io( o( !&e o%era!io( o5 9S6P' dri(4 $o8%re""ed 8ode 5.0.0 5.1.0
01206202 R'+>16 RP-020316 259 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 U- !ra("8i""io( !i8i(4 ad?"!8e(! 3i!& 9S-6P,,9 5.0.0 5.1.0
01206202 R'+>16 RP-020316 260 4 6e5i(i!io( o5 ,D= re%or!i(4 5.0.0 5.1.0
01206202 R'+>16 RP-020316 266 - ,orre$!io( !o !&e "e!!i(4 o5 6P,,929S-6P,,9 %o3er di55ere($e 5.0.0 5.1.0
01206202 R'+>16 RP-020316 261 - =($l"io( o5 ,D= !a)le 5.0.0 5.1.0
01206202 R'+>16 RP-020318 265 1 6e5i(i!io( o5 D!& !&re"&old %ara8e!er i( SS6T 5.0.0 5.1.0
11209202 R'+>11 RP-020584 263 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 !o!al 9S-S,,929S-P6S,9 %o3er 5.1.0 5.2.0
11209202 R'+>11 RP-020511 212 - Re7er"al o5 (3a(!ed $orre$!io(" re"l!i(4 5ro8 ,R 25.211-122 J
,R 25.214-226
5.1.0 5.2.0
11209202 R'+>11 RP-020584 213 2 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 !o!al 9S-P6S,9 %o3er i( ,D= re%or!i(4 %ro$edre 5.1.0 5.2.0
11209202 R'+>11 RP-020584 214 1 ,lo"ed loo% !ra("8i! di7er"i!y 8ode 2 3i!& a(!e((a 7eri5i$a!io( 5.1.0 5.2.0
11209202 R'+>11 RP-020589 219 - ,orre$!io( o5 8a0i88 %o3er ad?"!8e(! i( $a"e o5 $o8%re""ed
8ode
5.1.0 5.2.0
11209202 R'+>11 RP-020514 282 1 -(&a($ed 6S,9 %o3er $o(!rol %ara8e!er (a8e $&a(4e 5.1.0 5.2.0
11209202 R'+>11 RP-020584 281 2 ,orre$!io( o5 ,D= de5i(i!io( 5.1.0 5.2.0
11209202 R'+>11 RP-020581 288 - =($l"io( o5 $lo"ed loo% !ra("8i! di7er"i!y 5or 9S6P' 5.1.0 5.2.0
11209202 R'+>11 RP-020588 289 - ,orre$!io( o5 !i8i(4 o5 ,D= re%or!i(4 5.1.0 5.2.0
11209202 R'+>11 RP-020529 294 - ,orre$!io( o5 re5ere($e li(;ed !o a%%ro7al o5 ,R 25.133-411 5.1.0 5.2.0
11209202 R'+>11 RP-020584 296 - T&e $lari5i$a!io( o5 ,D= 5eed)a$; %ara8e!er ; 7ale 5.1.0 5.2.0
11209202 R'+>11 RP-020584 298 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 ,D= de5i(i!io( a(d re5ere($e %eriod 5.1.0 5.2.0
11209202 R'+>11 RP-020584 286 1 +8)eri(4 $orre$!io(" 5.1.0 5.2.0
20212202 R'+>18 RP-020841 300 1 ,orre$!io(" a(d $lari5i$a!io(" !o *66 ,D= de"$ri%!io( 5.2.0 5.3.0
20212202 R'+>18 RP-020841 301 1 ,ri!erio( !o de!er8i(e %ri8ary $ell 5or 6S,9 %o3er $o(!rol
i8%ro7e8e(!
5.2.0 5.3.0
20212202 R'+>18 RP-020851 304 2 =(!rod$!io( o5 Tra("%or! :lo$; SiAe "i4(ali(4 %ro$edre
re5ere($e.
5.2.0 5.3.0
20212202 R'+>18 RP-020841 301 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 $lo"ed loo% !i8i(4 ad?"!8e(! 8ode 5.2.0 5.3.0
26203203 R'+>19 RP-030136 299 5 ,D= re%or!i(4 3i!& T06 5.3.0 5.4.0
26203203 R'+>19 RP-030136 313 1 <( $lo"ed loo% !ra("8i! di7er"i!y 8ode 1 7eri5i$a!io( al4ori!&8 5.3.0 5.4.0
26203203 R'+>19 RP-030136 315 2 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 SS6T a(d 9S6P' 5.3.0 5.4.0
26203203 R'+>19 RP-030132 318 - ,orre$!io( o( 7eri5i$a!io( al4ori!&8 i( '((e0 1 5.3.0 5.4.0
23K06203 R'+>20 RP-030213 314 1 ,orre$!io( o5 TP, $o88a(d $o8)i(i(4 i( S9< 5.4.0 5.5.0
23K06203 R'+>20 RP-030213 319 - ,orre$!io( 5or 9S-6P,,9 4ai( 5a$!or i( $o8%re""ed 5ra8e 5.4.0 5.5.0
23K06203 R'+>20 RP-030213 320 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 9S-S,,9 re$e%!io( i( $a"e o5 8i(i88 i(!erTT=
i(!er7al i" (o! 1
5.4.0 5.5.0
23K06203 R'+>20 RP-030213 321 - ,orre$!io( o5 de"$ri%!io( o5 ,D= !ra("8i""io( !i8i(4 $al$la!io( 5.4.0 5.5.0
23K06203 R'+>20 RP-030213 322 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 !&e re5ere($e %o3er 5or 9S-6P,,9 5.4.0 5.5.0
21209203 R'+>21 RP-030458 325 - ,orre$!io( o5 ,D= de5i(i!io( !a)le 5.5.0 5.6.0
21209203 R'+>21 RP-030462 326 - Re8o7al o5 !&e $o8)i(a!io( o5 T0'' Mode 1 3i!& 9S-S,,9 5.5.0 5.6.0
21209203 R'+>21 RP-030458 328 2 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 %o3er "$ali(4 3i!& 9S-6P,,9 5.5.0 5.6.0
21209203 R'+>21 RP-030458 329 3 ,orre$!io( o5 ,D= re%or!i(4 i( 6# $o8%re""ed 8ode 5.5.0 5.6.0
21209203 R'+>21 RP-030458 330 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 9S-S,,9 re$e%!io( 5.5.0 5.6.0
21209203 R'+>21 RP-030458 333 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o( ,D= re%e!i!io( )e&a7ior 5.5.0 5.6.0
21209203 R'+>21 RP-030541 335 3 TP, %a!!er( dri(4 lo"" o5 R# "y($&ro(i"a!io( 5.5.0 5.6.0
06201204 R'+>22 RP-030649 335 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 9S-S,,9 re$e%!io( 5.6.0 5.1.0
06201204 R'+>22 RP-030649 336 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 ,D= de5i(i!io( 5.6.0 5.1.0
06201204 R'+>22 RP-030649 331 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 !&e 9S-S,,9 de!e$!io( 5.6.0 5.1.0
06201204 R'+>22 RP-030661 338 - Re8o7e i($o("i"!e($y a8o(4 "%e$i5i$a!io(" o( "i4(alli(4 "%%or!
5or %o3er $o(!rol dri(4 lo"" o5 R# "y($&ro(i"a!io(
5.6.0 5.1.0
06201204 R'+>22 RP-030112 339 - 'li4(8e(! o5 LSo5! $&a((el )i!"L !er8i(olo4y 3i!& 25.306 5.6.0 5.1.0
13201204 R'+>22 - - - ,rea!ed 5or M.1451 %da!e 5.1.0 6.0.0
23203204 R'+>23 RP-040086 341 - :e!a 7ale" 5or 9S-6P,,9 i( $o8%re""ed 8ode 6.0.0 6.1.0
23203204 R'+>23 RP-040086 346 1 ',G2+',G re%e!i!io( 5a$!or 6.0.0 6.1.0
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! ", Release "
5han.e history
6a!e TSG C TSG 6o$. ,R Re7 S)?e$!2,o88e(! <ld +e3
09206204 R'+>24 RP-040251 350 3 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 U- %ro$edre i( $a"e o5 99< 5ailre 6.1.0 6.2.0
28209204 R'+>25 RP-040318 352 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 SS6T %li(; o(ly "i4(alli(4 6.2.0 6.3.0
13212204 R'+>26 RP-040449 361 1 =(!rod$!io( o5 --6,9 6.3.0 6.4.0
13212204 R'+>26 RP-040450 351 - =(!rod$!io( o5 M=,9 6.3.0 6.4.0
13212204 R'+>26 RP-040448 356 1 =(!rod$!io( o5 M:MS So5! ,o8)i(i(4 6.3.0 6.4.0
13212204 R'+>26 RP-040441 360 - ,orre$!io( o5 do3(li(; !ra("8i! %o3er $o(!rol i( $o8%re""ed 8ode 6.3.0 6.4.0
13212204 R'+>26 RP-040521 358 1 Prea8)le a(d Po"!a8)le !o red$e 9S-6P,,9 !ra("8i! %o3er 6.3.0 6.4.0
14203205 R'+>21 RP-050048 362 2 Gai( 5a$!or "e!!i(4 5or --6,9 6.4.0 6.5.0
14203205 R'+>21 RP-050049 364 1 Relia)le --RG,92--9=,9 6e!e$!io( 6.4.0 6.5.0
14203205 R'+>21 RP-050088 368 1 =(!rod$!io( o5 *-6P,9 3i!&o! %ilo! 5ield 6.4.0 6.5.0
14203205 R'+>21 RP-050140 369 3 6#2U# !i8i(4 a""o$ia!io( o5 --6,9 o%era!io( 6.4.0 6.5.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050254 354 4 Ti8i(4 Mai(!ai(ed 9ard 9a(do7er 6.5.0 6.6.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050253 355 4 *a"!er #1 6,9 "y($&ro(iAa!io( 6.5.0 6.6.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050252 363 4 Po3er $o(!rol a! !&e 8a0i88 %o3er li8i! 6.5.0 6.6.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050252 312 4 S%%or! o5 di55ere(! 9'RD %ro5ile" 6.5.0 6.6.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050252 313 - #o3e"! re5ere($e --T*, 5or !&e 4ai( 5a$!or "e!!i(4 5or --6,9 6.5.0 6.6.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050250 315 1 *ea!re ,lea( U%. Re8o7al o5 M,P,9N 6.5.0 6.6.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050248 311 1 *ea!re ,lea( U%. Re8o7al o5 6S,9 (*66 8ode) 6.5.0 6.6.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050333 318 1 *-6P,9 6o3(li(; Po3er ,o(!rol :e&a7ior i( S9< 6.5.0 6.6.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050256 319 - ,orre$!io( !o 6# "y($&ro(iAa!io( 6.5.0 6.6.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050252 380 3 ,lari5i$a!io( o( --6,9 !i8i(4 6.5.0 6.6.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050252 381 1 6P,,9 4ai( 5a$!or 3i!& (o 6P6,9 $o(5i4red 6.5.0 6.6.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050252 382 2 ,o8%re""ed 8ode o%era!io( 5or !&e -(&a($ed U%li(; 6.5.0 6.6.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050244 384 - *ea!re ,lea( U%. Re8o7al o5 MSS6TN 6.5.0 6.6.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050241 381 1 *ea!re $lea( %. Re8o7al o5 !&e OTE di7er"i!y $lo"ed loo% 8ode 2O 6.5.0 6.6.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050249 389 1 *ea!re $lea( %. Re8o7al o5 !&e O$o8%re""ed 8ode )y
%($!ri(4O
6.5.0 6.6.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050246 391 1 *ea!re ,lea( U%. Re8o7al o5 dedi$a!ed %ilo! a" "ole %&a"e
re5ere($e
6.5.0 6.6.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050251 392 1 Re8o7al o5 M:MS Ra;e ,o8)i(i(4 6.5.0 6.6.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050242 394 1 9S-6P,,9 !ra("8i""io(" o( di"$ardi(4 9S-S,,9 6.5.0 6.6.0
16206205 R'+>28 RP-050345 395 - Re8o7al o5 --RG,9 (o(-"er7i(4 radio li(; "e! 6.5.0 6.6.0
26209205 R'+>29 RP-050449 0398 - Po3er $o(!rol a((e0 5or *-6P,9 6.6.0 6.1.0
26209205 R'+>29 RP-050441 0399 2 *a"!er #1 6,9 Sy($&ro(i"a!io( 6.6.0 6.1.0
26209205 R'+>29 RP-050449 0400 1 *-6P,9 Dali!y -"!i8a!e 6.6.0 6.1.0
26209205 R'+>29 RP-050450 0401 2 6o3(li(; $o8%re""ed 8ode a(d --9=,9, --RG,9 a(d --'G,9 6.6.0 6.1.0
26209205 R'+>29 RP-050440 0403 - 6o3(li(; 9S !o!al %o3er li8i!a!io( 6.6.0 6.1.0
26209205 R'+>29 RP-050450 0404 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o( %o3er o55"e! Ba(!iAa!io( 6.6.0 6.1.0
26209205 R'+>29 RP-050450 0405 - ,lari5i$a!io( o( $o8%!a!io( o5 4ai( 5a$!or" 6.6.0 6.1.0
26209205 R'+>29 RP-050450 0406 1 --6P6,9 %o3er "$ali(4 a! !&e 8a0i88 %o3er li8i! 6.6.0 6.1.0
26209205 R'+>29 RP-050541 0401 2 ,lari5i$a!io( o( --RG,9 de!e$!io( 6.6.0 6.1.0
26209205 R'+>29 RP-050645 0408 4 PR',9 %rea8)le %o3er a! 8i(i88 %o3er !ra("8i""io( 6.6.0 6.1.0
26209205 R'+>29 RP-050450 0412 - ,lari5i$a!io( o( --'G,9, -9=,9, --RG,9 %o3er $o(!rol 6.6.0 6.1.0
12212205 R'+>30 - - - -di!orial re7i"io( !o !&e &eader 5or8a! $&a(4e o5 !&e $&a%!er 6:.3 6.1.0 6.1.1
20203206 R'+>31 RP-060016 0416 - ,orre$!io( !o (8)er o5 $o(5i4red 6P6,9" i( rela!io( !o --
6P6,9 %o3er "$ali(4
6.1.1 6.8.0
20203206 R'+>31 - - - ,rea!io( o5 Relea"e 1 "%e$i5i$a!io( (71.0.0) a! R'+C31 6.8.0 1.0.0
12206206 R'+>32 RP-060293 0418 1 ,orre$!io( o5 "y($&ro(i"a!io( %ro$edre 1.0.0 1.1.0
12206206 R'+>32 RP-060310 0420 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 --T*,= !er8i(olo4y 1.0.0 1.1.0
29209206 R'+>33 RP-060490 0423 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 --6P6,9 4ai( 5a$!or Ba(!iAa!io( 1.1.0 1.2.0
11212206 R'+>34 RP-060121 0432 3
,orre$!io( !o --6,9 4ai( 5a$!or $al$la!io( i( rela!io( !o
$o8%re""ed 8ode
1.2.0 1.3.0
08203201 R'+>35 RP-010114 0430 10
6e5i(i!io( o5 M=M< o%era!io( o( 9S-P6S,9, %re5erred %re$odi(4
a(d ,D= re%or!i(4 %ro$edre", 8odi5ied ,D= !a)le"
1.3.0 1.4.0
08203201 R'+>35 RP-010115 0421 13 S%%or! o5 ,P, 5ea!re 1.3.0 1.4.0
08203201 R'+>35 RP-010116 0434 2 =(!rod$!io( o5 64D'M 5or 9S6P' 1.3.0 1.4.0
30205201 R'+>36 RP-010388 0435 5 =(!rod$!io( o5 16-D'M 5or 9SUP' 1.4.0 1.5.0
30205201 R'+>36 RP-010392 0431 2 -(&a($ed *-6P,9 1.4.0 1.5.0
30205201 R'+>36 RP-010389 0438 6 ,lari5i$a!io( !o !&e ,P, 5ea!re 1.4.0 1.5.0
30205201 R'+>36 RP-010381 0440 -
Se!!i(4 o5 !&e %li(; 9S-6P,,9 %o3er rela!i7e !o 6P,,9 %o3er
5or M=M<
1.4.0 1.5.0
30205201 R'+>36 RP-010392 0446 1 -(&a($ed *-6P,9 a(d ,P, 6# P, !i8i(4 1.4.0 1.5.0
30205201 R'+>36 RP-010384 0449 - S%%or! 5or 6# o(ly S*+ o%era!io( 5or M:MS *66 1.4.0 1.5.0
30205201 R'+>36 RP-010392 0450 - ,lari5i$a!io( o( %o3er $o(!rol o%era!io( 5or *-6P,9 e(&a($e8e(! 1.4.0 1.5.0
30205201 R'+>36 RP-010390 0451 1 -(&a($ed ,-##>*',9 Pro$edre 1.4.0 1.5.0
11209201 R'+>31 RP-010641 0452 2 ,P, %rea8)le a(d %o"!a8)le $lari5i$a!io( 5or ,D= !ra("8i""io( 1.5.0 1.6.0
11209201 R'+>31 RP-010641 0453 -
Re8o7al o5 =(a$!i7i!y>T&re"&old>5or>U->Gra(!>Mo(i!ori(4
de5i(i!io(
1.5.0 1.6.0
11209201 R'+>31 RP-010643 0454 2 ,orre$!io(" !o 9S-6S,9 %ro$edre" 5or ,-##>*',9 a(d M=M< 1.5.0 1.6.0
11209201 R'+>31 RP-010644 0456 3 ,orre$!io( !o Rel-1 --6P6,9 4ai( 5a$!or $al$la!io( 1.5.0 1.6.0
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! "- Release "
5han.e history
6a!e TSG C TSG 6o$. ,R Re7 S)?e$!2,o88e(! <ld +e3
11209201 R'+>31 RP-010645 0458 1 ,orre$!io( o5 64D'M ,D= !a)le" 1.5.0 1.6.0
11209201 R'+>31 RP-010641 0459 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 ,P, 1.5.0 1.6.0
11209201 R'+>31 RP-010644 0460 2 --6P6,9 "$ali(4 3&e( U- i" a! 8a0 %o3er 1.5.0 1.6.0
11209201 R'+>31 RP-010642 0462 1 ,orre$!io( o5 M=M< ,D= !a)le" 1.5.0 1.6.0
21211201 R'+>38 RP-010945 0463 - Ti8i(4 o5 ,D= 7" 6TE %riori!y $&a(4e 1.6.0 1.1.0
21211201 R'+>38 RP-010945 0465 - Gra(! Mo(i!ori(4 $lari5i$a!io( 1.6.0 1.1.0
21211201 R'+>38 RP-010941 0461 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o( ,D= !a)le" i( Rel-1 1.6.0 1.1.0
21211201 R'+>38 RP-010945 0469 2 'ddi!io( o5 T*R= !o li"! o5 a))re7ia!io(" 1.6.0 1.1.0
21211201 R'+>38 RP-010944 0410 - ,orre$!io( !o Rel-1 --6P6,9 4ai( 5a$!or $al$la!io( 1.6.0 1.1.0
21211201 R'+>38 RP-010941 0411 2 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 ,D= de5i(i!io( 1.6.0 1.1.0
21211201 R'+>38 RP-010941 0413 2 ,lari5i$a!io( o( 9S6P' U- $a!e4ory i( Rel-1 1.6.0 1.1.0
21211201 R'+>38 RP-010911 0414 - ,lari5i$a!io( o( --6P6,9 %o3er e0!ra%ola!io(2i(!er%ola!io( 1.6.0 1.1.0
28211201 R'+>38 RP-010948 0416 -
Re8o7i(4 !&e $o("!rai(! !&a! !&e "a8e 9S-S,,9 "&old )e "ed
i( $o(!i4o" TT="
1.1.0 8.0.0
28211201 R'+>38 RP-010950 0411 - =($l"io( o5 ,D= !a)le" 5or !&e $o8)i(a!io( o5 64D'M a(d M=M< 1.1.0 8.0.0
04203208 R'+>39 RP-080143 0480 1 ,orre$!io( !o U- 4ra(! 8o(i!ori(4 8.0.0 8.1.0
28205208 R'+>40 RP-080350 0482 2 ,P, 6TE $y$le $&a(4e $lari5i$a!io( 8.1.0 8.2.0
28205208 R'+>40 RP-080440 0483 3 9S-S,,9 order" 5or 9S-S,,9-le"" o%era!io( 8.1.0 8.2.0
28205208 R'+>40 RP-080439 0485 - ,orre$!io( !o --6P,,9 4ai( 5a$!or $al$la!io( 8.1.0 8.2.0
28205208 R'+>40 RP-080351 0492 1 ,orre$!io( !o --6,9 $o(!rol $&a((el !i8i(4 8.1.0 8.2.0
09209208 R'+>41 RP-080612 0490 1 =(!rod$!io( o5 !&e -(&a($ed U%li(; 5or ,-##>*',9 "!a!e 8.2.0 8.3.0
09209208 R'+>41 RP-080613 0498 3 =(!rod$!io( o5 9S-P6S,9 Ser7i(4 ,ell ,&a(4e -(&a($e8e(!" 8.2.0 8.3.0
03212208 R'+>42 RP-080989 0491 4 =(!rod$!io( o5 6al-,ell 9S6P' <%era!io( o( 'd?a$e(! ,arrier" 8.3.0 8.4.0
03212208 R'+>42 RP-080914 0502 1
,lari5i$a!io( o5 *-6P,9 TP, ,o8)i(i(4 Rle o5 $ell" i( !&e "a8e
R#S
8.3.0 8.4.0
03212208 R'+>42 RP-080988 0503 1 =(!rod$!io( o5 9S-P6S,9 Ser7i(4 ,ell ,&a(4e -(&a($e8e(!" 8.3.0 8.4.0
03212208 R'+>42 RP-080986 0504 1
,orre$!io(" i( !&e %&y"i$al ra(do8 a$$e"" %ro$edre 5or
-(&a($ed U%li(; i( ,-##>*',9 S!a!e a(d =dle 8ode
8.3.0 8.4.0
03212208 R'+>42 RP-080914 0506 2 ,orre$!io( !o !&e de"$ri%!io( o5 ,P, %ro$edre" 8.3.0 8.4.0
03212208 R'+>42 RP-080990 0508 2 =8%ro7ed -U# %o3er $o(!rol a! U- %o3er li8i!a!io( 8.3.0 8.4.0
03212208 R'+>42 RP-080919 0509 1
Ty%o4ra%&i$al error $orre$!io( i( a %ara8e!er (a8e i( 9S-P6S,9
re$e%!io(
8.3.0 8.4.0
03212208 R'+>42 RP-080986 0513 - S%%or! o5 9S-6P,,9 5or -(&a($ed %li(; i( ,-##>*',9 "!a!e 8.3.0 8.4.0
03212208 R'+>42 RP-080918 0515 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 +=R "e!!i(4 i( ,D= 8a%%i(4 !a)le" 8.3.0 8.4.0
03212208 R'+>42 RP-080915 0511 3
,orre$!io( !o --6P6,9 4ai( 5a$!or i(!er%ola!io( i( $o8%re""ed
8ode
8.3.0 8.4.0
03212208 R'+>42 RP-080989 0519 - Re5ere($e" !o ,D= !a)le" 5or 6,-9S6P' 8.3.0 8.4.0
03212208 R'+>42 RP-080915 0523 - ,orre$!io( !o --6P6,9 4ai( 5a$!or $al$la!io( 8.3.0 8.4.0
03212208 R'+>42 RP-080914 0524 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 ,D= re%e!i!io( i( $a"e o5 U- 6TE 8.3.0 8.4.0
03212208 R'+>42 RP-080989 0528 - ,lari5i$a!io(" !o 6al-,ell 9S6P' <%era!io( 8.3.0 8.4.0
03203209 R'+>43 RP-090221 0531 -
-di!orial $orre$!io( !o U- !ra("8i! %o3er $o(!rol )e&a7ior i( $a"e
o5 6TE26RE
8.4.0 8.5.0
03203209 R'+>43 RP-090242 0534 2 ,orre$!io(" o5 9S-S,,9 order" 5or 6,-9S6P' 8.4.0 8.5.0
03203209 R'+>43 RP-090221 0535 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 ,D= %rea8)le le(4!& 3&e( "3i!$&i(4 U- 6TE $y$le 8.4.0 8.5.0
03203209 R'+>43 RP-090229 0538 1
,lari5i$a!io( o5 !&e "or$e o5 %ara8e!er" !o 9S-6S,9 %&y"i$al
layer
8.4.0 8.5.0
26205209 R'+>44 RP-090525 0545 1
,lari5i$a!io( !o !&e !ra("8i""io( o5 a $o8)i(a!io( o5 ',G a(d
+',G
8.5.0 8.6.0
26205209 R'+>44 RP-090532 0546 -
9S-6S,9 "er7i(4 $ell $&a(4e e(&a($e8e(!" 3i!& %re$o(5i4red
"e$o(dary $ell
8.5.0 8.6.0
15209209 R'+>45 RP-090885 0550 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 ,D= !ra("8i""io( 3&e( ,D= %riori!y $&a(4e" 8.6.0 8.1.0
15209209 R'+>45 RP-090886 0553 1
,lari5i$a!io( !o "%%or! o5 9S-6S,9 rela!ed %ro$edre" a$$ordi(4
!o M',-e&"
8.6.0 8.1.0
15209209 R'+>45 RP-090885 0551 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 ,P, -(a)li(4 6elay 8.6.0 8.1.0
15209209 R'+>45 RP-090885 0559 1
,lari5i$a!io( o5 6TE ,y$le !ra("i!io(" a(d U# 6P,,9 )r"!
!ra("8i""io("
8.6.0 8.1.0
15209209 R'+>45 RP-090885 0561 1 ,lari5i$a!io( o5 !&e "!ar! o5 !&e ,D=>6TE>Ti8er 8.6.0 8.1.0
15209209 R'+>45 RP-090883 0563 1 U(eBal Po3er Se!!i(4 o5 P-,P=,9 a(d S-,P=,9 8.6.0 8.1.0
15209209 R'+>45 RP-090889 0568 1 9S-6P,,9 ',G2+',G Po3er <55"e! "e!!i(4 5or 6,-9S6P' 8.6.0 8.1.0
18209209 R'+>45 RP-090915 0548 4 =(!rod$!io( o5 T0'' e0!e("io( 5or (o(-M=M< U-" 8.1.0 9.0.0
18209209 R'+>45 RP-090914 0569 - ,o8)i(a!io( o5 6,-9S6P' 3i!& M=M< 8.1.0 9.0.0
01212209 R'+>46 RP-091110 0510 5 =(!rod$!io( o5 6,-9SUP' 9.0.0 9.1.0
01212209 R'+>46 RP-091111 0514 3 M=M< $o(5i4ra!io( %er do3(li(; 5reBe($y i( 6,-M=M< o%era!io( 9.0.0 9.1.0
01212209 R'+>46 RP-091114 0518 1 ,lari5i$a!io( !o T0'' e0!e("io( i( dal $ell 9.0.0 9.1.0
01212209 R'+>46 RP-091164 0580 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 9S-S,,9 8o(i!ori(4 9.0.0 9.1.0
01212209 R'+>46 RP-091163 0582 - ,lari5i$a!io( o5 ,D= (o8i(al !i8er a(d ,D= 6TE T=M-R 9.0.0 9.1.0
01212209 R'+>46 RP-091165 0589 - Ta)le =(de0 ,orre$!io( 9.0.0 9.1.0
16203210 R'+>41 RP-100199 0592 3 9S6P' M=M< $ode)oo; re"!ri$!io( 9.1.0 9.2.0
16203210 R'+>41 RP-100200 0594 -
,orre$!io( !o 9S-6S,9 a(d 9S-S,,9 re$e%!io( i( !&e UR'>P,9
a(d ,-##>P,9 "!a!e"
9.1.0 9.2.0
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! ") Release "
5han.e history
6a!e TSG C TSG 6o$. ,R Re7 S)?e$!2,o88e(! <ld +e3
16203210 R'+>41 RP-100206 0596 1
,lari5i$a!io( o5 M=M< $o(5i4ra!io( %er do3(li(; 5reBe($y i( 6,-
M=M< o%era!io(
9.1.0 9.2.0
16203210 R'+>41 RP-100201 0591 - ,orre$!io( !o '%%li$a)ili!y o5 ,D= Ma%%i(4 Ta)le 9.1.0 9.2.0
16203210 R'+>41 RP-100208 0599 1 6e$rea"e 6,-9SP' $arrier a$!i7a!io( a%%li$a!io( !i8e !o 18 "lo!" 9.1.0 9.2.0
14209210 R'+>49 RP-100893 0604 5
,lari5i$a!io( o5 !&e ,D= de5i(i!io( 3&e( !&e U- i" $o(5i4red i(
M=M< 8ode
9.2.0 9.3.0
14209210 R'+>49 RP-100883 0601 3
,lari5i$a!io( o5 9S-6S,9 a(d 9S-S,,9 re$e%!io( i(
,-##>*',9, ,-##>P,9 a(d UR'>P,9 "!a!e"
9.2.0 9.3.0
14209210 R'+>49 RP-100894 0614 -
,lari5i$a!io( o5 --'G,92--RG,9 8o(i!ori(4 i( a ,M 4a% 3&e(
6#>6RE>'$!i7e i" TRU-
9.2.0 9.3.0
14209210 R'+>49 RP-100898 0615 2
,lari5i$a!io( o( !&e i(!err%!io( !i8e 5or 6:-9S6P' de !o 9S-
S,,9 order (de)a$!i7a!io(
9.2.0 9.3.0
14209210 R'+>49 RP-100891 0616 -
,lari5i$a!io( o( Se$o(dary>-6,9>,ell>'$!i7e %o( re$e%!io( o5
red(da(! 9S-S,,9 order
9.2.0 9.3.0
01212210 R'+>50 RP-101312 625 1
*r!&er $lari5i$a!io( o5 --'G,92--RG,9 8o(i!ori(4 i( ,M 4a%
3&e( 6#>6RE>'$!i7e i" TRU-
9.3.0 9.4.0
01212210 R'+>50 RP-101315 626 - ,orre$!io( o5 (8)er o5 re$ei7ed 9S-6S,9 i( 6,-9S6P'-M=M< 9.3.0 9.4.0
01212210 R'+>50 RP-101313 630 2
,lari5i$a!io( o5 --6P,,9 4ai( 5a$!or $al$la!io( i( $o8%re""ed
8ode
9.3.0 9.4.0
01212210 R'+>50 RP-101312 636 1
,lari5i$a!io( o5 di"$o(!i(o" %li(; 6P,,9 !ra("8i""io( a(d
$o8%re""ed 8ode
9.3.0 9.4.0
01212210 R'+>50 RP-101311 640 2 ,orre$!io( !o !&e "i(4le "!rea8 ,D= re%or!i(4 i( M=M< 8ode 9.3.0 9.4.0
01212210 R'+>50 RP-101310 649 -
,lari5i$a!io( o5 !&e a%%li$a)ili!y o5 !&e =- +8)er o5 P,,9
!ra("8i""io(" i( ,-##>P,9 "!a!e
9.3.0 9.4.0
15203211 R'+>51 RP-110251 632 5 ,orre$!io( !o ,P, %ro$edre 5or 6,-9SUP' 9.4.0 9.5.0
01206211 R'+>52 RP-110816 651 -
,lari5i$a!io( o5 a$!i7a!io( "!a!" 3&e( Se$o(dary>,ell>-(a)led i"
$&a(4ed 5ro8 0 !o 1
9.5.0 9.6.0
15209211 R'+>53 RP-111224 655 -
,lari5i$a!io( o5 3&e( !o "e Sy($ ' %ro$edre 3&e( U- !ra("i!io("
5ro8 ,-##>*',9 !o ,-##>6,9
9.6.0 9.1.0
28202212 R'+>55 RP-120281 661 -
*r!&er ,lari5i$a!io( o5 3&e( !o "e Sy($ ' %ro$edre 3&e( U-
!ra("i!io(" 5ro8 ,-##>*',9 !o ,-##>6,9
9.1.0 9.8.0
3GPP
3GPP TS #$%#&' ("%)%* (#*&#+*3! "" Release "